I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.3
Aia iā ia ka mana nui ma luna o kēlā mau ʻokana.
and he had great authority over these districts.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope mai, ua hāpai wale nō ʻo Mālaekahana he mau kaikamāhine wale nō.
Afterwards Malaekahana bore more daughters,
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
A laila, ʻōlelo akula ua mea waʻa nei iā Lāʻieikawai mā, “ʻAuhea ʻolua.
Then the paddler said to Laieikawai and her companion, "Where are you!
Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.1
A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola.
He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi.
After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist.
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.2
ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau.
there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.4
I Punahoa naʻe lākou nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā) kahi i moe ai me nā aikāne.
Kailiokalauokekoa and her friends were spending the night at Punahoa with friends.
Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.2
Ua puka mua aʻe lākou nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā) i ke ao.
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā naʻe i hiki aku ai, e heʻe nalu mai ana nā kāne a me nā wāhine i ka nalu o Pūhele, aia naʻe i laila kekahi kaikamahine aliʻi maikaʻi kaulana o Hāna ʻo Hinaikamalama kona inoa.
When the party reached there the men and women were out surf riding in the waves of Puhele, and among them was one noted princess of Hana, Hinaikamalama by name.
Iā ia i hiki ai i Hāmākua, ma lalo o Waipiʻo kona wahi i noho ai ma Pākaʻalana; ʻaʻole naʻe he nui kona mau lā ma laila.
Having arrived at Hamakua, he dwelt in the Waipio Valley at the temple of Pakaalana but did not stay there long.
Ch.5 p.31 para.9 sent.1
ʻĪ mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke kuhina, “Kāhea ʻia aku nā hoʻokele e hoʻoponopono aʻe nā waʻa a holo pololei aku i ke awa i lohe aku kākou i kēlā lehulehu,” a hoʻokō ʻia ko ke aliʻi makemake, a holo aku lākou a ma lalo o ka pali kahakai, nīnau akula i nā wāhine e kuʻi ʻopihi ana, “He aha kēlā lehulehu o uka?”
Said Aiwohikupua to his counsellor, "Call to the steersman to turn the canoe straight ashore to hear what the crowd is for." The chief's wish was obeyed, they went alongside the cliff and asked the women gathering shellfish, "What is that crowd inland for?"
Ch.7 p.38 para.3 sent.2
A no laila, e ke Aliʻi wahine o ka pali nei, ke makemake nei wau e lawe ʻoe iaʻu i kāne hoʻāo nāu a e noho kanaka lawelawe aku ma lalo ou.
and therefore, O princess of the cliff, I wish you to take me and try me for your husband,
and I will be the servant under you;
Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.5
A hiki māua, he hele ma lalo o nā puʻu a he malu e uhi ana, i laila ʻo Poliʻahu i loaʻa ai iā māua.
and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; there we found Poliahu;
Ch.19 p.98 para.7 sent.3
ʻO ʻoe nō ma luna, ʻo ka wahine a kāua ma lalo , e like nō me kā kāua naʻi ʻana i ka moku i puni ai, pēlā nō ʻoe e noho aku ai me ka wahine a kāua.
you above, and our wife below; as we two ruled over the island, so will you and our wife do.
Ch.20 p.101 para.1 sent.1
A make akula ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa, lilo aʻela ka noho aliʻi a pau loa iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a hoʻoponopono akula ʻo ia i ka ʻāina a me nā kānaka a pau ma lalo o kona noho aliʻi.
After Kailiokalauokekoa'sdeath, the chief's house and all things else became Kekalukaluokewa's, and he portioned out the land and set up his court.
A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai.
After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole.
Ch.2 p.10 para.2 sent.6
ʻO ʻolua ma loko a ma waho o kēia wahi.”
inside and outside you two are masters of this place."
Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.2
ʻO ia hele nō o ke ʻala a pā i kaupoku ma loko o ka hale.
the fragrance entered and touched the rafters within the house,
Ch.11 p.58 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ko lākou kūkā ʻana no lākou iho, haʻalele lākou iā Honoliʻi, hoʻi akula a uka o Paliuli ma kahi e kokoke aku ana i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, noho ihola lākou ma loko o nā pūhā lāʻau.
After their council they left Honolii and returned to the uplands of Paliuli, to a place near Laieikawai's house, and lived there inside of hollow trees.
Ch.18 p.90 para.2 sent.2
Ua haku ʻia ka ʻanuʻu o ke aliʻi i nā ʻahuʻula, a ma luna pono o ka ʻanuʻu, he mau pūloʻuloʻu kapu aliʻi, a ma loko o ka pūloʻuloʻu, noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua.
was set up a canopied couch covered with feather capes, and right above the couch the taboo signs of a chief, and below the sacred symbols sat Aiwohikupua.
Ch.20 p.103 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa e hoʻouhi aku ai wau i ka noe ma luna o ka ʻāina a puni ʻo Puna nei, a ma loko o ia noe, e hoʻouna aku nō wau iā ʻoe ma luna o nā manu a hui ʻolua me Kekalukaluokēwā me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia.
at that time I will cover all the land of Puna with a mist, and in this mist I will send you on the wings of birds to meet Kekalukaluokewa without your being seen.
ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi.
more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it.
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua , a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.2
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi.
Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.4
ʻAʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi ʻoi o lākou e like me kaʻu mea i ʻike ai, a ke ʻōlelo nei au, ʻo ia ka ʻoi ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a puni a me kēia ʻaha nō hoʻi.”
but never have I beheld anyone to compare with this one whom I have seen; and I declare to you that she is more beautiful than any of the daughters of the chiefs on Molokai or even in this assembly."
Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula wau he kaikamahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o nā kaikamāhine aliʻi o Molokaʻi nei.”
Behold! I saw a girl of incomparable beauty who rivaled all the daughters of the chiefs of Molokai."
Iā lāua ma kahi kaʻawale, nīnau pono akula ka makāula i ua wahi kanaka nei, “Ua ʻike nō anei ʻoe i kēlā kaikamahine ma mua āu e kamaʻilio nei i ke aliʻi?”
When they were alone, the seer asked the man directly, "Did you know that girl before about whom you were telling the chief?"
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā.
At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all.
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.4
Kāhea ʻia akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma muli o ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a hele maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a nīnau akula, “He aha kou mea e nui nei kou leo i mua o ka ʻaha me ka maka ʻoliʻoli?”
At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the assembly?"
Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1
Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula.
In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw.
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.4
A pau ka uē ʻana a lākou, nīnau akula nā aliʻi iā Kauakahialiʻi, “Pehea kāu hele ʻana aku nei ma muli o kou hoʻāo ʻia ʻana iā ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa)?”
After the wailing the chiefs asked Kauakahialii, "How did your journey go after your marriage with Kailiokalauokekoa?"
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei.
Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here.
Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana.
As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka.
Ch.9 p.50 para.3 sent.1
“E kiʻi kāua ma o ke kupuna wahine lā,” wahi a ua kuhina nei, “e noi aku iā ia, malia o ʻae mai kēlā.”
"Let us go to the grandmother," said his counsellor, "and ask her; maybe we can get the consent from her."
Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.3
No laila, ua hoʻoholo mākou i ko mākou manaʻo e hoʻolilo mākou iā mākou ʻelima i mau koa kiaʻi no kou hale aliʻi, a ma o mākou lā e ʻae ʻia ai, a ma o mākou lā e hōʻole ʻia ai.
and all five of us have agreed to become the bodyguard for your house; ours shall be the consent, ours the refusal.
Ch.13 p.68 para.2 sent.2
ʻAʻole naʻe i lohe ʻia ma o kāna poʻe i pāpā ai, akā, ma ka waha ponoʻī nō o ʻAiwohikupua i lohe ʻia ai ka ʻōlelo huna a ke aliʻi.
not from one of his own men was the forbidden story told, but from the mouth of Aiwohikupua himself was the prince's secret heard.
Ch.15 p.78 para.5 sent.2
Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa.
When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard;
Ch.15 p.79 para.4 sent.2
“Kainoa ʻo ʻoukou nō koʻu makamaka, a ma o ʻoukou lā e loaʻa ai koʻu makemake?”
"Are you not my friends here, and through you shall I not get my desire?"
I ia pō nō, i loko o ko lāua manawa hoʻomaha no ka hōʻoluʻolu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, hiki maila ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu māʻeʻele loa, no ka mea, ua kuʻu maila ʻo Poliʻahu i ke anu o kona kapa hau ma luna o kona ʻenemi.
That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her cold snow mantle over her enemy.
inside and outside you two are masters of this place."
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.2
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.4
Inā e kani aku ka leo o ka ʻelepaio, hoʻomākaukau wau no ka iho aku, a i kani akula ka leo o ka ʻapapane, a laila, ua puka wau ma waho o kuʻu hale nei.
when rings the note of the elepaio then am I making ready to descend; when the note of the apapane sounds, then am I without the door of my house;
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.5
Hoʻolohe mai auaneʻi ʻoe a i kani aku ka leo o ka ʻiʻiwipōlena, a laila, aia wau ma waho o ka hale o ko hānai.
if you hear the note of the iiwipolena, then am I without your ward's house;
Ch.3 p.18 para.4 sent.6
ʻImi aʻe ʻolua a loaʻa wau ma waho , ʻo ia kuʻu manawa e launa ai me ko hānai.' Pēlā mai ka ʻōlelo o ua wahi kahu nei oʻu.
seek me, you two, and find me without; that is your ward's chance to meet me.' So my man told me.
Ch.4 p.26 para.2 sent.1
I kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou iā Kapakai, holo akula lākou a ma waho pono o Kauhola, nānā akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka ma uka o Kapaʻau.
The next day they left Kapakai and sailed along by Kauhola, and Aiwohikupua saw a crowd of men gathering mountainward of Kapaau.
I ia pō a ao aʻe, ma hope o ka ʻauinalā, ʻike hou akula ʻo ia i ke kū a ka pūnohu i ka moana ma ka hōʻailona i kū iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me ka mea i maʻa i ua makāula nei.
A night and a day passed; toward evening he again saw the cloud rise on the ocean in the form which the seer recognized as Aiwohikupua's —
Ch.10 p.54 para.5 sent.3
ʻO ke kumu o ia hana ʻana a lākou pēlā, i ike ʻia ka manawa holo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, no ka mea, ua maʻa kona mau kaikuahine i ka holo ʻana mai mai Kauaʻi mai, ma ka wanaʻao e holo ai.
This was in order to see Aiwohikupua's start, for on their journey from Kauai the party had always set out at dawn.
Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3
A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana.
And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life;
A laila, lālau akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka pū lāʻī ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine a hoʻokani ihola, a no ko Lāʻieikawai maʻa ʻole i ka hoʻokani ka pū lāʻī, no laila, ua loaʻa ʻole ke kani ma ia hoʻokani ʻana, a laila, he mea maopopo loa i ke aliʻi wahine he mea kani ʻole nō ka pū lāʻī ke hoʻokani ma ke ao.
Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it. and because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by day.
Ch.21 p.108 para.2 sent.7
Malia o hoʻohuoi lāua i kou pae ʻole, nīnau iho i ke kumu o kou pae ʻole ʻana, a laila, naʻi aku ʻoe no ka maʻa ʻole i ka heʻe ʻana o ka nalu pokopoko.
Maybe they will wonder at your not riding ashore and ask the reason, then you answer you are not accustomed to surfing on the short waves,
Ch.21 p.109 para.2 sent.1
“No ka maʻa ʻole i ka nalu pokopoko,” wahi a Halaaniani, “no ka mea, he nalu loloa koʻu e heʻe ai.”
"Because I am not used to the short waves," said Halaaniani, "the long wave is mine."
Akā, ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Mailekaluhea, ua ʻoi aku ka maʻalea o kā lāua nei ʻōlelo malimali i mua o ia ala, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia aku lāua.
But to Mailekaluhea's command they answered so craftily with flattering words that they were allowed to pass.
Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i hala aku ai, hālāwai akula lāua me Mailelauliʻi, a e like nō me ka ʻōlelo a lāua nei i mua o nā mea mua, pēlā nō lāua i hana ai i mua o Mailelauliʻi, a no ka maʻalea loa o lāua i nā ʻōlelo malimali, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia lāua mai ko Mailelauliʻi alo aku.
As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were
allowed to pass Mailelaulii's front.
Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.3
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai i mua o Mailepākaha, ʻaʻole he ʻoluʻolu iki o kēia kiaʻi i ko lāua hoʻokuʻu ʻia ʻana mai e nā kiaʻi mua, akā, no ka pākela o ka maʻalea ma ke kamaʻilio ʻana, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia akula lāua.
When they came before Mailepakaha this guardian was not at all pleased at their having been let slip by the first guards, but so crafty was their speech that they were allowed to pass.
Ch.34 p.183 para.2 sent.2
ʻAʻole naʻe i ʻike mai kāna kāne i kēia hana maʻalea a kāna wahine, a i ka hoʻi ʻana aku i ka hale, hāʻawi mua ihola ua ʻo Lāʻielohelohe iā ia i ka hiamoe nui ma kona ʻano maʻalea.
and afterwards her husband did not know of his wife's guile, and she returned to the house, and Laielohelohe lay down and pretended to sleep.
Ma ke noi a Lāʻieikawai e hoʻopakele iā Lāʻielohelohe a me kāna kāne, no laila, ua māʻalo aʻe ka pilikia mai o lāua aʻe, a no lāua kekahi kuleana ma ka ʻāina ma ia hope iho.
At the Request of Laieikawai to spare Laielohelohe and her husband, the danger passed them by, and they became rulers over the land thereafter.
Iā ia e pule ana a i ka waenakonu o ka manawa, kū maila i mua o ua makāula nei ke kāhoaka o Lāʻieikawai a me kona kupuna wahine, a no kēia mea, hoʻoniau akula ʻo ia i ka pule ʻana; ʻaʻole naʻe i haʻalele kēlā kāhoaka iā ia a hiki i ka māʻamaʻama ʻana.
As he prayed, in the midst of the place appeared to the seer the spirit forms of Laieikawai and her grandmother; so he left off praying, nor did those spirits leave him as long as it was light.
I ia pō nō, i loko o ko lāua manawa hoʻomaha no ka hōʻoluʻolu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, hiki maila ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu māʻeʻele loa, no ka mea, ua kuʻu maila ʻo Poliʻahu i ke anu o kona kapa hau ma luna o kona ʻenemi.
That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her cold snow mantle over her enemy.
Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.1
A loaʻa ka malumalu i mua o ko ke aliʻi wahi moe, a laila, kāhea maila i ke kaikuahine, a hele akula a uē ihola, no ka mea, ua māʻeʻele kona puʻuwai i ke aloha no kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, a he nui nō hoʻi nā lā o ke kaʻawale ʻana.
When the shadows came over the place where the chief lay, then he called his sister, and went to her, and wept over her, for his heart fainted with love for his youngest sister, and long had been the days of their separation.
Ch.33 p.179 para.3 sent.2
Huli akula ke alo i Kaʻuiki, nānā akula iā Kahalaʻoaka, a ʻo ke kau mai a ke ao i luna pono o Honokalani, i ia manawa, he mea ʻē ka māʻeʻele o ke aliʻi wahine i ke aloha no kāna ipo, a laila, oli aʻela ʻo ia he wahi mele penei:
with her face turned toward Kauwiki, facing Kahalaoaka, and as the clouds rested there right above Honokalani then the heart of the princess was benumbed with love for her lover; then she chanted a little song, as follows:
Ma kahi naʻe a lākou i noho ai, ua nui ka poʻe mahalo no ʻAiwohikupua no ke kanaka maikaʻi.
Now wherever they went the people applauded the beauty of Aiwohikupua.
Ch.6 p.35 para.7 sent.3
A hiki lākou, mahalo maila nā kamaʻāina no ʻAiwohikupua e like me kona ʻano mau.
When they arrived, the people of the place admired Aiwohikupua as much as ever.
Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi.
When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful.
Iā Hauaʻiliki mā i hiki aku ai, aia hoʻi, ua nui nā mea i hele mai e nānā no kēia keiki ʻoi kelakela o ka maikaʻi ma mua o Kauakahialiʻi a me ʻAiwohikupua, a he mea mahalo nui loa ia na nā kamaʻāina o Keaʻau.
When Hauailiki's party arrived, behold many persons came to see this youth who rivaled Kauakahialii and Aiwohikupua in beauty, and all the people of Keaau praised him exceedingly.
Mahamaha (3)
Ch.8 p.41 para.1 sent.3
Mahamaha maila ka wahine me ka manaʻo e hele aku ana a hālāwai me ʻAiwohikupua, akā, aia nō lākou ke lana mālie maila i ka moana.
joyful was she with the thought of their meeting: but still the boat floated gently on the water.
Ch.8 p.41 para.2 sent.3
Mahamaha mai nei kēia i ka ʻike ʻana mai nei iā ʻoukou, kainoa lā hoʻi he holo mai a pae aʻe, ʻaʻole kā!
Joyous was I at the sight of you, believing you were coming to land. Not so!
Ch.15 p.79 para.2 sent.2
Mahamaha akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua no ka ʻike ʻana aku i ke kaikuahine, i ia wā koke nō, pane akula ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, “E hoʻi nō ʻolua!
overjoyed was Aiwohikupua to see his sister. At that instant Mailehaiwale cried, "Back, you two,
A laila, hoʻokō maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kā ka wahine ʻōlelo, a laila, loaʻa maila ka mahana e like me ma mua.
Then Aiwohikupua obeyed her, and she grew as warm as before.
Māhealani (3)
Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.2
Aia ko kākou hālāwai i ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka mahina i ka pō i o Māhealani, a laila e hui ai au me kuʻu wahine.
our meeting shall be in the dusk of evening, when the moon rises on the night of full moon; then I will meet my wife.
Ch.29 p.158 para.1 sent.1
“A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua.
"When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god.
Ch.30 p.163 para.5 sent.1
Ma ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai a ka mahina kōnane ʻo Māhealani, hiki maila i loko o ke anapuni a ka makāula.
In the dusk of the evening, at the rising of the bright full moon, he entered the prophet's inclosure.
ʻElua anahulu ko lāua kali ʻana, hoʻi mai ʻo Mokukelekahiki mai ka mahina mai.
twice ten days they waited for Mokukelekahiki to return from his garden patch.
Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.1
I ia manawa, aʻoaʻo akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Eia ko alanui i piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe i hiki i luna, a i ʻike ʻoe hoʻokahi hale e kū ana i loko o ka mahina, aia i laila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele.
Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; there is Moanalihaikawaokele;
Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.5
I ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe i ka ʻoi o ka nohi o ka lā, a laila, hoʻomanawanui aku nō ʻoe a komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a laila, pau ka make.
try to bear it and you will enter the shadow of the moon; then you will not die,
Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.5
I ia manawa, ake akula kēia e komo i ka malu o ka mahina, a ma ke ahiahi, hiki akula ʻo ia i ka malu o ka mahina, manaʻo aʻela kēia, ua komo i ka ʻāina i kapa ʻia ʻo Kahakaekaea.
Then she longed to reach the shadow of the moon, and at evening she came into the shadow of the moon; she knew then that she had entered the land called Kahakaekaea.
Ch.28 p.155 para.1 sent.2
Aia ko kākou hālāwai i ka ʻehu ahiahi, ma ka puka ʻana mai o ka mahina i ka pō i o Māhealani, a laila e hui ai au me kuʻu wahine.
our meeting shall be in the dusk of evening, when the moon rises on the night of full moon; then I will meet my wife.
Ch.29 p.157 para.3 sent.2
Aia a hiki aku i nā pō mahina kōnane e hiki mai ai.
ʻĪ akula kahi kanaka, “Aia a puka leʻa aku kāua i waho o ka mahina ʻai nei lā, a laila, ʻike maopopo leʻa ʻia aku ka hale.”
Said the man. "When we get well out of the garden patch here, then we can see the house clearly."
Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1
A hala ka mahina ʻai , ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki.
The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki.
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.2
ʻO kā māua mahina ʻai , aia ma kapa alanui ponoʻī.
Our garden patch is right on the edge of the road;
Ch.33 p.181 para.3 sent.3
I ka wanaʻao, ala akula kaʻu kāne i ka mahi ʻai ma ua mahina ʻai nei a māua.
Kāhiko akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona mau kaukaualiʻi kāne, a me nā kaukaualiʻi wahine a me nā punahele i ka ʻahuʻula, a ʻo nā haiā wāhine kekahi i kāhiko ʻia i ka ʻahu ʻoʻeno, a kāhiko ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kapa hau a Poliʻahu i hāʻawi aku ai; kau ihola i ka mahiole ʻie i haku ʻia i ka hulu o nā ʻiʻiwi.
Aiwohikupua clothed the chiefs and chiefesses and his two favorites in feather capes and the women of his household in braided mats of Kauai. Aiwohikupua clothed himself in his snow mantle that Poliahu had given him, put on the helmet of ie vine wrought with feathers of the red iiwi bird.
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.5 para.2 sent.2
Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻomaopopo nā mea a pau i ke ʻano o kēia ānuenue, akā, ua hoʻomau ʻia kēia mau hailona aliʻi ma nā wahi i mālama ʻia ai ua mau māhoe nei.
yet no one understood the nature of this rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever the twins were guarded.
Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.6
Ua like nō a like lāua me Lāʻieikawai, no ka mea, ua hānau māhoe ʻia lāua.”
who is like Laieikawai, for they are twins."
Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.3
He mau māhoe kā māua, a no ka pepehi o ko māua makua kāne i nā keiki mua a ko māua makuahine i hānau ai no ka hānau kaikamahine wale nō, a iā māua hoʻi, hānau kaikamahine nō, no laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai au i loko o ka luawai.
we were twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was hidden within a pool of water;
Māhoe mua (1)
Ch.20 p.101 para.3 sent.1
I ka malama i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo ka Māhoe Mua, i nā malama maikaʻi o ka moana, haʻalele lākou iā Kauaʻi, a holo aku i Hawaiʻi.
In the month called "the first twin," when the sea was calm, they left Kauai and came to Hawaii.
I kēlā manawa, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina wela o ʻAiwohikupua a māhuahua.
Then the hot wrath of Aiwohikupua was kindled and his anger grew.
Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.3
A i ka ʻekolu makahiki o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā huakaʻi mākaʻi i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokanaka makua loa aʻela kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe), a laila, ua piʻi mai a māhuahua ka wahine maikaʻi, a ʻoi aʻe ma mua o kona kaikuaʻana ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
and after three years of going below to see after his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was fullgrown and her beauty had increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's.
Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā hele ʻana kēia hele ʻana a Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei, a hiki i ka ʻehā makahiki, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia mai ka nani o Lāʻielohelohe ma mua o kāna ʻike mua ʻana, a māhuahua loa aʻela ka manaʻo ʻino o Kaʻōnohiokalā.
On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and his sinful lust increased mightily,
Ch.32 p.175 para.6 sent.2
I ia manawa, ulu maila a māhuahua ke aloha o Lāʻielohelohe iā Kekalukaluokēwā no kona hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa me Kaʻōnohiokalā.
Then Laielohelohe's love for Kekalukaluokewa waxed and grew because she had fallen into sin with Kaonohiokala.
Ch.33 p.179 para.1 sent.3
ʻAʻole naʻe i māhuahua.
not many times,
Māhukona (1)
Ch.3 p.17 para.4 sent.1
Ma ia holo ʻana, hiki mua lākou i Māhukona ma Kohala, moe ma laila i ia pō.
On the way they landed first at Mahukona in Kohala, slept there that night,
No laila, e kali ʻoe, a hiki i nā lā maʻi o ko makuahine.
"Therefore, wait until the time comes
Ch.27 p.147 para.8 sent.2
ʻĪ akula ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele iā Kahalaomāpuana, “Ua kokoke mai ka lā e maʻi ai ko makuahine, no laila, ma kēia pō, e hele mua ʻoe ma ka hale peʻa, ma laila ʻoe e moe ai.
Said Moanalihaikawaokele, "It is almost time for your mother to come, so to-night, get to the taboo house first and sleep there;
Ch.28 p.149 para.6 sent.3
Mai hōʻike ʻoe, aia a lele kēlā i loko o ke kiʻowai a i luʻu i lalo o ka wai, a laila, holo aku ʻoe a lawe mai i ka pāʻū a me ke kapa ona i haumia i kona maʻi.
do not show yourself, and when she jumps into the pool and dives under the water, then run and bring hither her skirt and her polluted clothes;
Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1
“Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi.
"If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement,
Ch.28 p.151 para.4 sent.6
Kāhea ihola, “E Moanalihaikawaokele, hō mai kuʻu kapa i haumia i kuʻu maʻi.
She called, "O Moanalihaikawaokele, give me back my polluted skirt;
Ch.28 p.151 para.5 sent.2
ʻO wau wale nō ko ka hale nei, a ʻo ko kapa naʻe i haumia i ko maʻi, eia lā.”
only I am in the house; that polluted skirt of yours, here it is."
Ch.32 p.176 para.4 sent.2
A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou.
And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents;
Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, kau akula lākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo akula a kau ma Honuaʻula i Maui, a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, i Molokaʻi.
Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and the next day to Molokai;
A hiki ka ʻelele i mua o ʻAiwohikupua ma ke kiʻi ʻana ia Poliʻahu, a haʻi maila i kana ʻōlelo maiā Poliʻahu mai, “Eia ke kauoha a ko wahine.
When the messenger returned from Poliahu, he told Poliahu's reply: "Your wife commands that
Ch.22 p.117 para.4 sent.2
Hele akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, a haʻi akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ī aku, “Ua kūkākūkā mākou, kou mau kiaʻi kino, i ka manawa e pono ana ko ʻolua noho ʻana me ko kupuna wahine, a ua lawe aku nei kēlā i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia maiā ʻoe aku.
Kahalaomapuana came to Laieikawai, and she said: "We became your bodyguard while Waka still protected you; now she has removed her guardianship and left you.
Ch.24 p.128 para.6 sent.3
Koe nō naʻe kekahi mau kāhiko ʻē aʻe, a me kekahi mau hōʻailona aliʻi iā ia ma muli o ka mana i loaʻa i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua maiā Kihanuilūlūmoku aʻe.
nevertheless some of her former power remained and the signs of her chiefly rank, according to the authority the sisters of Aiwohikupua had over the lizard.
Ch.26 p.135 para.5 sent.2
Ala aʻela ʻo ia, a lālau akula i ka puaʻa a me ka moa, a hahau akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Pōmaikaʻi wau, e kuʻu Haku, i ka hōʻike ʻana mai a kuʻu akua iā ʻoe, no ka mea, he nui koʻu manawa i ukali aku ai iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo, e loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi maiā ʻoe mai.
he arose and brought the pig and the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed
am I, my mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you to win a blessing from you.
Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa e moe ai nā mea kiʻekiʻe o ka ʻāina nei i mua ona, a e kāʻili ʻia aku ka hanohano maiā ʻoe aku.
then the high ones of earth shall lie down before him and your pride shall be taken from you.
Ch.30 p.161 para.4 sent.5
A ke ʻike nei wau, noʻu ka pōmaikaʻi, a no kaʻu mau pua maiā ʻoukou mai.”
and I see prosperity for me and for my seed to be mine through you."
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2
ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi.
more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
Ch.2 p.10 para.7 sent.3
A ma kēia hele ʻana a ia nei, ua kūkala aku ʻo ia i ka maikaʻi o Lāʻieikawai e like me kona manaʻo paʻa.
and here and on the way there he proclaimed, as he had vowed, the beauty of Laieikawai.
Ch.2 p.11 para.4 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ʻike akula wau he kaikamahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o nā kaikamāhine aliʻi o Molokaʻi nei.”
Behold! I saw a girl of incomparable beauty who rivaled all the daughters of the chiefs of Molokai."
Ch.2 p.11 para.5 sent.1
A lohe ke aliʻi i kēia ʻōlelo, nīnau akula, “Inā ua like kona maikaʻi me kuʻu kaikamahine nei lā, a laila, ua nani ʻiʻo,” a no kēia nīnau a ke aliʻi, noi akula ua wahi kanaka nei e hōʻike ʻia mai ke kaikamahine aliʻi i mua ona, a lawe ʻia maila ʻo Kaʻulaʻailehua, ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi.
When the chief heard these words he said, "If she is as good looking as my daughter, then she is beautiful indeed." At this saying of the chief, the man begged that the chiefess be
shown to him, and Kaulaailehua, the daughter of the chief, was brought thither.
Aia a ʻae mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokō māua i nā hoʻohiki a māua a pau ko māua manawa, a laila, ma ka pō leʻaleʻa hou a ke aliʻi e hoʻokō ʻia ai ka ʻume o kēia pō no kāua,” a laila, he mea maikaʻi loa ia i ko Hauaʻiliki manaʻo, a no kēia ʻōlelo a Hinaikamalama, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama no ka hoʻokō i kā lāua hoʻohiki.
when Aiwohikupua has consented to carry out our vow. after that, at the chief's next festival night, this night's match shall be fulfilled." Then Hauailiki was very well pleased. And because of Hinaikamalama's words, Aiwohikupua took Hinaikamalama to carry out their vow.
Ch.33 p.181 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe, “ʻAʻole, he maikaʻi loa māua e noho nei.”
A i loko o ko lāua manawa kamaʻilio, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona manaʻo i mua o ke aliʻi wahine, “He nani hoʻi ia ua pili aʻe nei koʻu kino me ʻoe, a ua maikaʻi nō , akā, ʻaʻole kāua e launa koke.
During the talk, Aiwohikupua gave to the princess this counsel. "Although I belong to you, and this is well, yet let us not at once become lovers,
Ch.22 p.118 para.3 sent.1
I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona mau hoa kūkā, nā kaikuahine hoʻi o ʻAiwohikupua, haʻi akula i ko lāua manaʻo me ke kāne i kūkā ai i ia pō, a he mea maikaʻi nō ia i kona mau hoa kūkā.
Early in the morning Laieikawai sought her counsellors, the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and told them what the husband had proposed that night, and this pleased her counsellors.
I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi.
he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing.
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward.
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia.
and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her.
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3
Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe.
As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe.
Ch.1 p.3 para.5 sent.1
A lilo nā kaikamāhine ma ka lima o Waka a me Kapūkaʻihaoa ma ke kaʻawale, hoʻi maila ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, nīnau ihola i ka wahine, “Pehea ʻoe?”
After the girls had been carried away in the arms of Waka and Kapukaihaoa, Kahauokapaka came back from the fishing, and asked his wife, "How are you?"
Hoʻi maila a kau akula i ka maile iā Hauaʻiliki me ke oli ʻana a kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki.
returned and touched Hauailiki with his maile wand and sang a song, and Hauailiki arose.
Ch.18 p.91 para.6 sent.3
I ia manawa, kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile a kau akula ma luna o Hinaikamalama a kū maila.
Then the master of ceremonies took the wand back and touched Hinaikamalama's head and she arose.
Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.2
I ia manawa, kū hou maila ka mea ʻume a hoʻoili hou i ka maile ma luna o Hauaʻiliki me Hinaikamalama, a kū aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki, a kū maila nō hoʻi ʻo Hinaikamalama.
Then the master of ceremonies stood up and touched Hauailiki
and Hinaikamalama with the wand, and Hauailiki arose and Hinaikamalama also.
Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa, kū maila ka mea ʻume a waenakonu o ka ʻaha, iā Hauaʻiliki me Poliʻahu e kilu ana, i ia manawa, kani akula ke oli a ka mea ʻume e hoʻokolili ana i ka wēlau o ka maile i luna o Hauaʻiliki, a kāʻili maila ka mea ʻume i ka maile, a laila, kū maila ʻo Hauaʻiliki.
Then the sport master stood up in the midst of the assembly, while Hauailiki and Poliahu were playing, then he sang a song while fluttering the end of the wand over Hauailiki and took away the want and Hauailiki stood up.
Ch.19 p.97 para.6 sent.2
Hele akula ua mea ʻume nei a loaʻa ʻo Hinaikamalama, kau akula i ka maile, a kāʻili maila.
The sport master went over to Hinaikamalama, touched her with the wand and withdrew it.
Mailehaʻiwale (26)
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.1
A laila, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailehaʻiwale, i ka hānau mua o lākou e like me ko lākou hānau ʻana, kū ihola ma ka puka ponoʻī o ka hale o Lāʻieikawai.
Then Aiwohikupua took Mailehaiwale, the first born; she stood right at the door of Laieikawai's house,
Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.2
Iā Mailehaʻiwale e kū lā ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana kēia i ke ʻala, pō ʻo loko i ke ʻala.
and as she stood there she sent forth a fragrance which filled the house;
Ch.8 p.45 para.1 sent.4
Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe e hiki ke hiamoe i kēlā manawa, no ka mea, ua hoʻāla ʻia e ke ʻala o Mailehaʻiwale.
but they could no longer sleep, because they were wakened by the scent of Mailehaiwale.
Ch.8 p.45 para.5 sent.1
WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale akula kēnā o nā kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, a i kāne ia.
WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance; it is certainly Mailehaiwale, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for his wife, you for the wife and he for the husband;
Ch.9 p.47 para.2 sent.3
Ua kēnā aʻe nei ʻoe iā Mailehaʻiwale i kāna loaʻa, a ua lohe akula nō hoʻi kākou i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai.
you have ordered Mailehaiwale to do her part, and we have heard, too, the refusal of Laieikawai.
Iā lāua e hele ana ma ke ala, kani akula ke oli a Mailehaʻiwale penei:
and as the two were still on the way, rang the song of Mailehaiwale, as follows:
Mailekaluhea (17)
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
Ch.9 p.47 para.4 sent.2
E hoʻāʻo aʻe ʻo Mailekaluhea i kāna loaʻa a i nele, a laila hoʻi kākou.”
let Mailekaluhea try her luck, and if she fails then we will go."
Ch.9 p.48 para.1 sent.1
Hele akula ʻo Mailekaluhea a ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kū ihola, kuʻu akula i ke ʻala.
Mailekaluhea went and stood at the door of the chief-house and gave out a perfume:
Ch.9 p.48 para.6 sent.1
WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailekaluhea akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia.
WAKA. "That is no strange fragrance. it is Mailekaluhea, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua. who has come to make you his wife
Ch.10 p.52 para.1 sent.5
Iā lākou i hoʻomaka ai e holo, kani akula ke oli a Mailekaluhea penei:
the party began to move off: then rang out the song of Mailekaluhea, as follows:
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.1
I loko o kēia oli ʻana a Mailekaluhea, ʻaʻole naʻe i maliu iki mai ko lākou kaikunāne.
While Mailekaluhea was singing not once did their brother compassionately look toward them,
Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne.
These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing.
Mailelauliʻi (15)
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
Ch.9 p.48 para.9 sent.3
Malia hoʻi o ʻae iā Mailelauliʻi.”
perhaps she will yield to Mailelaulii."
Ch.9 p.48 para.13 sent.4
Hoʻāʻo ʻia aku paha ʻo Mailelauliʻi.”
Let us try what Mailelaulii can do."
Ch.9 p.49 para.1 sent.1
Hele akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi a kūpono i ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, kuʻu aku ana ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻala e like me nā mea mua.
Mailelaulii went right to the door of the chief-house; she gave out her perfume as the others had done:
Ch.9 p.49 para.6 sent.1
WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailelauliʻi akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia.
WAKA: "That is no strange fragrance: it is Mailelaulii, one of the sweet-smelling sisters of Aiwohikupua. who has come to get you for his wife;
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.4
Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne.
These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing.
Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei:
As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows:
Mailepākaha (11)
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
Ch.9 p.49 para.11 sent.1
I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Mailepākaha, hele akula a kū ma ka puka o ka hale aliʻi.
Then Aiwohikupua quickly ordered Mailepakaha to go and stand at the door of the chief-house; she gave forth her perfume,
Ch.9 p.49 para.16 sent.1
WAKA: “ʻAʻole kēnā he ʻala ʻē, ʻo Mailepākaha akula kēnā, ʻo kekahi kaikuahine ʻaʻala o ʻAiwohikupua i kiʻi maila iā ʻoe i wahine ʻoe, i kāne ia.
WAKA: "'That is no strange fragrance; it is Mailepakaha, the sweet-smelling sister of Aiwohikupua, who has come to get you for a wife
Ch.10 p.54 para.1 sent.2
ʻO Kahalaomāpuana nō ko lākou mea manaʻo, ʻī maila i kona mau kaikuaʻana, “ʻElua māua i koe, ʻo wau a me Mailepākaha.”
Kahalaomapuana gave her advice. She said to her sisters, "There are two of us left. I and Mailepakaha."
Ch.10 p.54 para.2 sent.1
ʻŌlelo mai hoʻi ʻo Mailepākaha, “ʻAʻole nō e maliu mai iaʻu, no ka mea, he maliu ʻole aʻela kā hoʻi i ko kāua mau kaikuaʻana, oki loa aku paha wau.
Answered Mailepakaha, "He will have no compassion for me, for he had none on any of our sisters; it may be worse with me.
Ch.10 p.54 para.6 sent.1
Kū akula nā kaikuahine i ka pō a hiki i ko Mailepākaha waki e kū ana, hoʻomākaukau ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i nā waʻa no ka holo ʻana.
The sisters stood guard that night, until in Mailepakaha's watch Aiwohikupua's party made the canoes ready to start:
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.1
No laila, kaʻakaʻa aʻela nā maka o ka makāula, aia hoʻi, e hoʻi hou ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei.
Then the seer opened his eyes and the canoe was going back to Oahu.
Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale.
When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.3
I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi.
Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness.
Kāhea ʻia akula ua wahi kanaka nei ma muli o ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a hele maila i mua o ke aliʻi, a nīnau akula, “He aha kou mea e nui nei kou leo i mua o ka ʻaha me ka maka ʻoliʻoli?”
At the chief's command the man was summoned before the chief and he asked, "What news do you proclaim aloud with glad face before the assembly?"
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi.
Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai.
ʻO ia ka maka mua o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana i kēia mea kani.
This was the first time the princess had seen this kind of instrument.
Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.2
Iā lāua i piʻi ai, hālāwai mua lāua me Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo ia ke kiaʻi maka mua o ke aliʻi wahine.
As they went on, they met Mailehaiwale, the princess's first guardian.
Ch.14 p.72 para.4 sent.4
ʻAʻole o ʻolua kuleana e piʻi mai ai i ʻaneʻi, no ka mea, ua hoʻonoho ʻia mai wau ma ʻaneʻi he kiaʻi maka mua no ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻokuke aku i nā mea a pau i hiki mai ma ʻaneʻi me ke kuleana ʻole.
you two have no business to come up here, for I am the outpost of the princess's guards and it is my business to drive back all who come here;
Kū akula ʻo ia ma waho o ka ʻaha a kāhea akula me ka leo nui, “E ka hū, e nā makaʻāinana, e ka lōpā kuakea, lōpā hoʻopili wale, e nā aliʻi, nā kāhuna, nā kilo, nā ʻaialo, ua ʻike au i nā mea a pau ma kēia hele ʻana mai nei aʻu.
he stood outside the crowd and cried with a loud voice: "O ye men of the people, husbandmen, laborers, tillers of the soil; O ye chiefs, priests, soothsayers, all men of rank in the household of the chief! All manner of men have I beheld on my way hither;
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.2
ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau.
there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party.
Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.2
A no kēia kumu, hoʻolilo loa aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ua wahi kanaka nei i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma luna o nā mea a pau, ʻo ko ke aliʻi mau ʻāina a pau a me nā kānaka a pau loa, nā aliʻi a me nā makaʻāinana, ma kona ʻano kuhina nui.
Therefore Aiwohikupua exalted this man to be head over all things, over all the chief's land, over all the men, chiefs, and common people, as his chief counsellor.
Ch.29 p.158 para.4 sent.1
“Ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o ka mea mana, e hōʻike mai nō ʻo ia i hōʻailona no ka luku ʻana, ʻaʻole ma luna o nā makaʻāinana, ma luna pono iho nō ou, a ʻo kou poʻe.
"Before the coming of the wonder-worker he will give you a sign of destruction, not over all the people of the land, but over you yourself and your people;
Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.3
A no ko Kahalaomāpuana ʻae ʻole, hoʻopuka akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o kona kaikunāne, “E kuʻu Lani, ma kou hoʻolilo ʻana aʻe nei iā mākou e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani, a ʻo lākou nō ke hoʻi, a ʻo wau nei lā, e noho aʻe nō wau i lalo nei e like me kāu hoʻonoho mua ʻana, no ka mea, ke aloha nei wau i ka ʻāina a me nā makaʻāinana, a ua maʻa aʻe nei nō hoʻi ka noho ʻana.
And in refusing, she spoke to her brother as follows: "My high one, as to your sending us to Kealohilani, let them go and I will remain here, living as you first placed me; for I love the land and the people and am accustomed to the life;
Ch.31 p.170 para.3 sent.1
ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona.
Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani.
I ke kupuna wahine i hiki aku ai, aia naʻe, ua paʻuhia lāua e ka hiamoe nui, me he mea lā, ua lilo ka pō i manawa makaʻala na lāua e like me ka mea mau i nā mea hou.
When the grandmother came to them, they were both fast asleep, like new lovers, as if the nights were the time for waking.
Makahanaloa (5)
Ch.6 p.35 para.2 sent.1
Holo akula lākou mai Laupāhoehoe aku a hiki lākou i waho o Makahanaloa.
They left Laupahoehoe and got off Makahanaloa
Ch.6 p.35 para.6 sent.3
I ia kakahiaka, haʻalele lākou iā Makahanaloa, holo waho nā waʻa o lākou, ʻo Keaʻau ke awa.
That morning they left Makahanaloa and sailed out to the harbor of Keaau.
Ch.13 p.69 para.1 sent.2
I ia holo ʻana, hiki aku lākou i waho o Makahanaloa.
As they sailed they stood off Makahanaloa,
Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.1
Ma kēia holo ʻana a lākou, hiki akula ma Makahanaloa i Hilo ma ke kakahiaka nui.
As they sailed, they arrived in the early morning at Makahanaloa in Hilo.
Ch.20 p.101 para.4 sent.4
E neʻe ana naʻe ka ua o Hilo i ia mau lā a lākou i hiki aku ai ma Makahanaloa.
Now the rain was sweeping Hilo at the time when they came to Makahanaloa.
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.3 p.15 para.4 sent.1
Ua nui nō nā lā o ka makāula ma Kaʻuiki, ʻaneʻane makahiki a ʻoi aʻe paha, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike iki i ka hōʻailona mau āna e ukali nei.
Many days the seer remained at Kauwiki, nearly a year or more, but he never saw the sign he had followed thither.
Ch.3 p.17 para.7 sent.2
Haʻalele ka makāula i ia wahi, hiki aku ʻo ia i Laupāhoehoe, a ma laila aku a hiki i Kaiwilahilahi, a ma laila ʻo ia i noho ai he mau makahiki.
The seer left that place, went to Laupahoehoe, and thence to Kaiwilahilahi, and there remained some years.
Ch.4 p.23 para.6 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ia manawa, hoʻomau akula ke aliʻi i ka inu ʻawa a hala nā lā he nui; ua like paha me hoʻokahi makahiki.
After this the chief kept on drinking awa many days, perhaps a year,
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.2
I uka naʻe o ʻOuli ma Waimea kahi a ka makāula i ʻike mai ai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma nā mokuna mua aʻe nei, ua hiki ka makāula ma Hilo i kaiwilahilahi, a ua lōʻihi nō nā makahiki ma laila o ke kali ʻana i kāna mea i ʻimi ai.
The uplands of Ouli at Waimea was the place the seer looked from. For in former chapters it has been told how the seer came to Hilo, to Kaiwilahilahi, and lived there some years waiting for the sign he was seeking.
Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.4
ʻIke pū me aʻu, no ka mea, hoʻokahi wale nō aʻu ʻike ʻana i ka makahiki hoʻokahi, he kiʻei mai kā, ʻo ka nalo akula nō ia.”
we shall both see him, for I see him only once a year; he peeps out and disappears."
Iā Lāʻieikawai ma ko lāua wahi me kāna kāne, he mea mau iā Kaʻōnohiokalā ka iho pinepine mai i lalo nei e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine a me kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe); ʻekolu iho ʻana i ka makahiki hoʻokahi.
"While Laieikawai lived at home with her husband it was Kaonohiokala's custom to come down from time to time to look after his sisters' welfare and that of his young wife three times every year.
No laila, e hele ʻoe e mākaʻi i ka hale o ua kaikamahine lā me ko ʻike ʻole ʻia mai.
Therefore go and watch the girl's house without being seen
Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.4
I ʻehā lā āu e mākaʻi aku ai, a ʻike ʻoe i kāna hana mau, a laila, hoʻi mai ʻoe a haʻi mai iaʻu, a laila, naʻu e hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe e hoʻowalewale i ua kaikamahine lā.
for four days, and see what she does; then come back and tell me; then I will send you to seduce the girl.
Ch.23 p.123 para.7 sent.1
Hoʻi akula lāua a hiki i ka hale, i ia manawa, kēnā aʻela ʻo ia iā Halaaniani e hele e mākaʻi aku iā Lāʻieikawai.
They went back to the house, then she directed Halaaniani to go and spy upon Laieikawai.
Ch.31 p.168 para.2 sent.3
A i ka ʻekolu makahiki o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā huakaʻi mākaʻi i ka pono o kona mau kaikuahine, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokanaka makua loa aʻela kāna wahine ʻōpio (Lāʻielohelohe), a laila, ua piʻi mai a māhuahua ka wahine maikaʻi, a ʻoi aʻe ma mua o kona kaikuaʻana ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
and after three years of going below to see after his sisters, lo! Laielohelohe was fullgrown and her beauty had increased and surpassed that of her sister, Laieikawai's.
Ch.34 p.187 para.3 sent.1
I kekahi kakahiaka, i ka wā e hoʻomaka mai ai ka mehana o ka lā ma luna o ka ʻāina, hele akula ʻo ia e mākaʻi iā Laukieleʻula, aia naʻe e hiamoe ana.
Very early next morning, at the time when the sun's warmth began to spread over the earth, she went to spy out Laukieleula; she was just asleep.
Iā lākou i hiki aku ai ma ke awa pae waʻa o Haneoʻo i Hāna, he nui ka poʻe i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi i ke aliʻi no ka pākela o ka maikaʻi.
When they reached the canoe landing at Haneoo at Hana the people crowded to behold the chief, because of his exceeding beauty.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.6
A hoʻi mai au mai kuʻu huakaʻi mākaʻikaʻi mai, a laila, e hoʻokō ʻia ke kumu pili o ka wahine aliʻi.
and when I return from sight-seeing, then the princess's stake shall be paid.
Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, ʻōkalakala koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻaha mokomoko.
At once Aiwohikupua trembled with eagerness to go and see the boxing match;
Ch.5 p.31 para.7 sent.4
Inā he ʻaha mokomoko kēlā, e hele hou kāua e mākaʻikaʻi.”
let us go again to look on!"
Ch.18 p.91 para.2 sent.2
Iā Hinaikamalama i lohe ai i kēia mau ʻōlelo no ka hoʻāo o ʻAiwohikupua mā, i ia manawa, noi akula ʻo ia i kona mau mākua e holo e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kauaʻi, a ua pono kāna noi i mua o kona mau mākua.
When Hinaikamalama heard about it, then she asked her parents to let her go on a visit to Kauai, and the request pleased her parents.
Ch.20 p.102 para.3 sent.1
Iā lākou i hiki aku ai, ua nui nā kamaʻāina i lulumi mai e mākaʻikaʻi iā Kekalukaluokēwā, me ka ʻōlelo mai o nā kamaʻāina, “ʻAkahi nō ka ʻāina kanaka maikaʻi o Kauaʻi!”
When they arrived the people crowded to see Kekalukaluokewa and exclaimed, "Kauai for handsome men!"
Ch.25 p.132 para.7 sent.2
Hele akula lākou a noho ma Puakea, a no kahi heʻe nalu ma laila, no laila, iā lākou ma laila e mākaʻikaʻi ana i ka heʻe nalu ʻana a nā kamaʻāina, ua nanea loa lākou ma laila.
They came and stayed at Puakea and, because the people of the place were surf riding, gladly remained.
A ma ka huakaʻi a ko mākou kaikunāne, ʻo ia ko mākou mea i hiki ai ma ʻaneʻi, a no ka loaʻa ʻole ʻana iā mākou o kona makemake, no laila, ua haʻalele kēlā iā mākou, a ua hoʻi akula ko mākou kaikunāne me kona kōkoʻolua, a ke noho nei mākou me ka makamaka ʻole .”
And we journeyed hither with our brother, and because we failed to gain for him his wish, therefore he has abandoned us and has gone back with his favorite companion, and we live here in distress."
Eia ka puaʻa, ka moa lawa, ka ʻawa, he makana, he mōhai, he kānaenae i ke aliʻi na kā ʻoukou kauā nei.
Here is a pig, a black cock, awa, a priest, a sacrifice, an offering to the chief from your servant here;
Ch.6 p.34 para.7 sent.1
A pau ka pule ʻana a ua makāula nei, kēnā koke aʻe ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona kuhina, “E hāʻawi nā makana a ka makāula na nā akua.”
As soon as the prayer was ended, Aiwohikupua commanded his counsellor to "present the seer's gifts to the gods."
Ch.6 p.36 para.7 sent.3
Ua lawe mai nei au i koʻu ʻahuʻula i makana e hāʻawi aku ai i ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli nei, akā, ke nānā aku nei wau, ʻo ke pili ihola ia o ka hale o ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe, ʻo kēia mea he ʻahuʻula, ʻaʻole ia e loaʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe.
I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the princess's house; yet you know, for that matter,
even a cloak of feathers
Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.13
Pali kuʻi ē! Kuʻi o Makana,
The rough cliff-way up Makana,
Ch.23 p.123 para.1 sent.4
I ia manawa, ʻalawa pono aʻela nā maka o Lāʻielohelohe i luna, me ka ʻōlelo aʻe, “Inā he kāne ʻoe ka mea nāna kēia makana a me kēia hano e kani nei, a laila, naʻu ʻoe.
Then Laielohelohe turned her eyes right upward, saying, "If you are a man who has sent me this gift and this music of the flute, then you are mine;
ʻAʻole hoʻi he makani o kēia luawai e kuleana ai lā hoʻi ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai, me he mea lā, he mea e ʻauʻau ana a ʻike aʻe nei iaʻu, peʻe iho nei.”
No wind ripples the water on this pool. It is like a person bathing, who has hidden from me."
Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei.
When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward.
Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.3
E ke ahe makani Puʻulena o ka lua,
By the light keen wind of the fiery pit.
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.6
A no ka makani ʻino i ia lā, ua noho lākou ma laila a i kekahi lā aʻe, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki lākou i Kīpahulu i ia lā.
and as the wind was unfavorable, remained there, and the next day left that place and went to Kipahulu.
Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.3
I ia manawa, e waiho koke mai ana ʻo Ihuanu i ka puʻupuʻu, hū ka makani ma ka pāpālina o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻaʻole naʻe i kū, no ka mea, ua ʻalo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo ia ka mea i hala ai.
Then Cold-nose instantly delivered a blow like the whiz of the wind at Aiwohikupua's face, but Aiwohikupua dodged and he missed it.
Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei.
Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them,
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.”
not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard."
I loko o kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina wela o Ihuanu no kēia ʻōlelo me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E koʻu poʻe kōkua, mai makaʻu ʻoukou.
These words roused Cold-nose to hot wrath and he said: "Here! you backers of mine, don't be afraid,
Ch.5 p.29 para.2 sent.4
A he aha kā ʻoukou i makaʻu ai?
Then what are you afraid of?
Ch.11 p.59 para.7 sent.1
A pālua kāna nīnau ʻana, a laila, ala aʻela ke kaikamahine a ʻōlelo akula i ke kahu o ke aliʻi me ka ʻī aku, “E ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e hoʻi au me oʻu kaikuaʻana ma kahi i loaʻa ai wau iā ʻoe, no ka mea, ua ʻeʻehia wau i ka makaʻu no ke ʻano ʻē loa o kāu aliʻi.”
And twice she asked, then the girl arose and said to the princess's attendant as follows: "Permit me to return to my sisters, to the place from which you took me, for I tremble with fear at the marvelous nature of your princess."
Ch.11 p.61 para.1 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ke kahu o ke aliʻi, “Mai makaʻu ʻoe.
Said the princess's attendant, "Do not fear,
Ch.11 p.61 para.2 sent.1
“He makaʻu,” wahi a ke kaikamahine.
"I am afraid," said the girl.
Ch.12 p.64 para.13 sent.1
A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo.
When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth.
A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?”
At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?"
A mākaukau ko ke aliʻi makemake a lawe ʻia maila, inu ihola ke aliʻi me kona kuhina a oki maila ka ʻona a ka ʻawa.
and made ready what the chief commanded, and he brought it to him, and the chief drank with his counsellor and drunkenness possessed him.
Ch.5 p.30 para.4 sent.1
A pau kāna pule ʻana, kū aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i luna me ka maka ikaika a mākaukau no ka hoʻouka kaua a nīnau akula iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākauakau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?”
At the close of this prayer Aiwohikupua stood up with confident face and asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?"
Ch.5 p.31 para.3 sent.1
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana, nīnau hou akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua iā Ihuanu, “Ua mākaukau anei ʻoe e kuʻi mai iaʻu?
After this, Aiwohikupua again asked Cold-nose, "Are you ready yet to strike me?
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
Ch.12 p.64 para.12 sent.1
A mākaukau ka hale, kēnā akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Kahalaomāpuana, “E hoʻi ʻoe a kēlā pō aku, piʻi mai ʻoe me ou mau kaikuaʻana mai i ʻike aku wau iā lākou, a laila, e leʻaleʻa mai ʻoe iā kākou i kāu mea kani leʻaleʻa.”
When the house was prepared Laieikawai gave orders to Kahalaomapuana: "You return, and to-night come here with all your sisters; when I have seen them then you shall play to us on your merry instrument."
Ch.12 p.66 para.5 sent.4
Eia wale nō ko lākou manawa ʻike i kā lākou mau mea ʻai i ka manawa mākaukau o lākou e pāʻina, i ia manawa e lawe mai ai nā manu i nā mea ʻai a lākou, a na nā manu nō e hoʻihoʻi aku i nā ukana ke pau kā lākou pāʻina ʻana.
nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done.
A i ka mākaukau ʻana o ka ʻahaʻaina pālala a ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i kāna ʻōlelo e kiʻi aku i nā hoa ʻai, ma nā aliʻi kāne wale nō, a hoʻokahi wale nō aliʻi wahine i ʻae ʻia e komo i ka ʻahaʻaina pālala, ʻo ia ʻo Kaʻiliokalauokekoa.
While the feast was being made ready the chief gave word to fetch the feasters; with all the male chiefs, only one woman of rank was allowed to come to the celebration; this was Kailiokalauokekoa.
I kekahi manawa, iā Hulumāniani e kaʻahele ana iā Kauaʻi a puni ma kona ʻano makāula nui no Kauaʻi, a iā ia i hiki ai i luna pono o Kalalea, ʻike maila ʻo ia i ka piʻo a kēia ānuenue i Oʻahu nei.
Just at this time Hulumaniani was making a tour of Kauai in
his character as the great seer of Kauai, and when he reached the summit of Kalalea he beheld the rainbow arching over Oahu;
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.1
I ia manawa, ua maopopo leʻa i ka makāula he aliʻi nui ka mea nona kēia ānuenue e piʻo nei a me nā ʻōnohi ʻelua i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ao polohiwa a puni.
By that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great chief— this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark clouds.
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei.
Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw.
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Ch.1 p.5 para.5 sent.1
I ua makāula nei ma laila, lohe kēia, ʻo Poloʻula ka mea waʻa o Wailua, no ka mea, he aliʻi ia no ia wahi.
While the seer was there he heard that Poloula owned a canoe at Wailua, for he was chief of that place,
Ch.1 p.5 para.6 sent.3
Ma mua aʻe naʻe o ko ka makāula holo ʻana mai, ua hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo ia hoʻokahi puaʻa hiwa, he moa lawa a me ka iʻa ʻula.
Before the seer sailed, he first got ready a black pig, a white fowl, and a red fish.
I ia lā o lākou i hiki ai ma Waiʻanae, kauoha ka makāula i nā kānaka e noho ma laila a hoʻi mai ʻo ia mai ka huakaʻi kaʻapuni ʻana.
On the day when they reached Waianae the seer ordered the
rowers to wait there until he returned from making the circuit of the island.
Makaweli (5)
Ch.18 p.91 para.3 sent.2
E ʻākoakoa ana nā aliʻi ma laila no ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Hauaʻiliki me Makaweli.
where all the chiefs were gathered for the sport between Hauailiki and Makaweli.
Ch.18 p.91 para.7 sent.2
Nīnau akula ʻo Hinaikamalama i ka mea nona ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa, haʻi ʻia maila no Hauaʻiliki me Makaweli.
Hinaikamalama asked for whom the sports were given, and they told her for Hauailiki and Makaweli.
Ch.18 p.92 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope iho naʻe o ka haʻiʻōlelo ʻana a Hinaikamalama, hoʻomaka hou ke kilu; iā ʻAiwohikupua lāua me Makaweli ke kilu i ia manawa.
Soon after Hinaikamalama's speech the games began again; the game was between Aiwohikupua and Makaweli.
Ch.19 p.97 para.4 sent.3
Ma hope iho, na Kaʻiliokalauokekoa me Makaweli ka lua o ka leʻaleʻa.
Afterward Kailiokalauokekoa and Makaweli had the second game.
Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.2
I ia pō, iā ʻAiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko lāua manawa leʻaleʻa, komo ana nā wāhine noho mauna i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa.
This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place of assembly.
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.2
E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne.
Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow;
Ch.1 p.2 para.3 sent.3
ʻAhā aʻe nei a māua keiki, ʻahā nō i ka make.
four children were mine, four are dead.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.5
No kuʻu manaʻo he wahaheʻe na kuʻu wahi kahu, no laila, kauoha aʻe ana wau i ka ilāmuku e hoʻopaʻa i ke kaula, akā, ua hala ʻē ua wahi kahu nei oʻu i uka o Paliuli e nīnau aku i ua wahine nei i ke kumu o kona hiki ʻole ʻana i kai i ia pō me ka haʻi aku nō hoʻi e make ana ia.
Thinking my man had lied, I ordered the executioner to bind ropes about him; but he had left me for the uplands of Paliuli to ask the woman why she had not come down that night and to tell her he was to die.
Ch.4 p.21 para.6 sent.7
Inā he aliʻi ʻai ahupuaʻa, e pau ia, a inā he konohiki a lōpā paha ka mea nāna i hahaʻi kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa, a laila, ʻo ka make ka uku.”
if he is chief over part of a district, he shall lose his chiefship; and if a tenant fanner break my command, death is the penalty."
A hiki ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma kahi o ke aliʻi wahine, kau nā ʻiliʻili a paʻa ka papa, nīnau mai ke aliʻi wahine, “He aha ke kumu pili o ka malihini ke make i ke kamaʻāina?”
So Aiwohikupua joined the princess; they placed the pebbles on the board, and the princess asked, "What will the stranger stake if the game is lost to the woman of Hana? "
I ia manawa, huli aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a pale aʻela i ka mea nāna i ʻōlelo mai ma kona kua, hāʻule akula i lalo a make loa .
Then Aiwohikupua turned and gave the man at his back a push, and he fell down dead.
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.1
A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē!
When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose,
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.2
Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima.
I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand;
”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna.
The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ke kupuna wahine, “ʻAʻole e hiki iaʻu ke wehe aʻe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo kona makemake nō ka hūnā iā ia iho.
The grandmother said: "I do not uncover her because she wishes to conceal herself."
Ch.2 p.10 para.1 sent.2
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā.
At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all.
Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.2
Ua ʻōlelo ʻo ia, aia kāna wāhine makemake no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.
A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake.
The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire.
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i ka mea waʻa ma muli o kāna noi, a laila, hōʻike pau loa aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ia mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ua lohe akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka ʻōlelo a kona kupuna wahine, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō ka makemake e hūnā iā ia, akā, ua makemake ʻole kēlā e hūnā.
At this answer of Waka to the paddler's entreaties, Laieikawai revealed herself fully, for she heard Waka say that she wished to conceal herself, when she had not wanted to at all.
Ch.8 p.45 para.7 sent.1
A lohe lā ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka hōʻole ʻana mai a Lāʻieikawai no ka makemake ʻole e lawe iā ʻAiwohikupua i kāne male, a laila, he mea ʻē ka hilahila, no ka mea, ua lohe maopopo akula lākou nei i ka hōʻole ʻana mai.
When Aiwohikupua heard Laieikawai's refusal to take Aiwohikupua for her husband, then he was abashed, for they heard her refusal quite plainly.
Ch.9 p.48 para.9 sent.2
He aha lā auaneʻi ko ia ala hōʻole ʻana aʻela, ʻo ko lāua ʻaʻala nō kai makemake ʻole ʻia aʻela.
what of her refusing! it is only their scent she does not like;
Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.4
I ʻike mai nei ka hana i kaʻu moʻopuna, e moe mai ana me Halaaniani, ka mea a koʻu naʻau i makemake ʻole ai.
I saw her sleeping with Halaaniani, not the man I had chosen for her.
Ch.31 p.170 para.3 sent.1
ʻO ia hoʻi, he mea kaumaha naʻe iā Kahalaomāpuana ke kaʻawale ʻana aku mai kona noho aliʻi aku a me nā makaʻāinana, no ka mea, ua hoʻopouli ʻia ko ke aliʻi wahine naʻau makemake ʻole e hoʻi i Keʻalohilani e ka hailona.
Lo! she was sorrowful at separating herself from her own chief-house and the people of the land; darkened was the princess's heart by the unwelcome lot that sent her back to Kealohilani.
Ch.32 p.176 para.1 sent.2
A no ke kumu ʻole o kona manaʻo iā Kaʻōnohiokalā, no laila, hūnā ihola ʻo ia iā ia ma loko o nā hale kuaʻāina hiki ʻole iā ia ke noho, no kona manaʻo, o hiki hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, hana hou ʻia ka hewa me kona makemake ʻole kona peʻe ma nā hale kuaʻāina.
And not wishing to meet Kaonohiokala, she hid inside the country people's houses where he would not come, lest Kaonohiokala should come again and sin with her against her wish; so she fled to the country people's houses,
ʻO kēia hāʻule ʻana naʻe a nā aliʻi i ka hewa, ua nakulu akula kēia lohe i ke aloaliʻi, ma o nā ʻaialo wale nō naʻe, a ua lohe pū ʻia nō hoʻi ko Lāʻielohelohe makemake ʻole .
The report of his lord's falling into sin had reached the ears of the chief through some of his retainers and he had heard also of Laielohelohe's displeasure.
“I hoʻokahi nō hoʻi hōʻole ʻana, ʻo ka pono,” wahi a ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻo ka hele kā ia he kāuna wale aʻe nō koe o ka hōʻole, mākena nō hoʻi ua hilahila iā ʻoe, e ke hoa.”
"One refusal is enough," said Aiwohikupua, "without getting four more! You have brought this shame upon us both, my comrade."
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi, “I ka pō mua ma hope iho o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me kuʻu wahi kahu nei, haʻi maila ʻo ia i kona manawa e hiki mai ai i kahi o ko mākou wahi e noho ana, a haʻi maila nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā hōʻailona o kona hiki ʻana mai, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo aku kuʻu wahi kahu nei i kāne au na ua wahine nei me ke koi aku nō hoʻi e iho pū mai lāua me ua wahi kahu nei oʻu, akā, ua haʻi mai kēlā i kāna ʻōlelo, 'E hoʻi ʻoe a ko hānai, kuʻu kāne hoʻi āu e ʻōlelo mai nei, ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia, a kēia pō wau hiki aku.
Then said Kauakahialii: "On the first night that she met my man she told him at what time she would reach the place where we were staying and the signs of her coming, for my man told her I was to be her husband and entreated her to come down with him; but she said: 'Go back to this ward of yours who is to be my husband and tell him this night I will come.
Ch.3 p.19 para.1 sent.2
Oi kali aku mākou a ao ia pō, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe; ʻo nā manu wale nō kai kani mai.
we waited until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang.
Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.3
I ua pō nei, e kaʻao ana nō ʻo ia nei iā mākou, i ke kihi o ke ahiahi, kani ana ka leo o ka ʻaʻo.
and she was recounting her adventures, when just at the edge of the evening rang the note of the oo;
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.3
Kūlia i mua o ka ʻai a ke kumu a kākou i aʻo pū ʻole ʻia mai ai iā mākou, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe ua kani ka pola a ko malo.
we are silent before the fruit of this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, that the end of your girdle has sung;
Ch.5 p.31 para.5 sent.2
Ua hiki anei i ko ʻai i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā mākou ke hoʻōla iā ʻoe e hakakā hou me kēlā kanaka ikaika lua ʻole?”
could the fruit we have never tasted save you? Will you fight a second time with that man of might?"
Ch.7 p.38 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAkahi nō wau a maopopo no Mauna Kea mai ʻoe, a ua loaʻa koke kou inoa iā mākou ma ka haʻi ʻia ʻana e kēlā kanaka paeaea.”
Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman yonder."
ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei.
not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared
ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ka makua, ua hala ke kau o koʻu pōmaikaʻi nui, no ka mea, ua lawe aku ʻo Waka i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻia mai oʻu aku nei.
Laieikawai answered, "Father, the time of my prosperity has passed, for Waka has taken her favor from me:
Ch.27 p.145 para.8 sent.6
Makua kāne, makua kāne hoʻi,
Mother, mother,
Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.1
Ma mua naʻe o ko lāua haʻalele ʻana ia Kauaʻi a hoʻi aku i luna, ua hana ʻia kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko o ko lākou ʻakoakoa ʻana ma ka ʻahaʻōlelo hoʻoponopono aupuni ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka la i kuʻu ʻia mai ai ke alanui anuenue mai Nuʻumealani mai, a kau akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokala a me āʻieikawai ma luna o ke ala anuenue i ʻōlelo ʻia, a waiho maila i kona kauoha hope i kona mau hoa, ka makāula a me Lāʻielohelohe, eia kana ʻōlelo, “E oʻu mau hoa a me ko kakou makua kane makāula, kuʻu kaikaina i ka aʻa hoʻokahi a me ka kaua kane, ke hoʻi nei au ma muli o ka mea a kakou i kūka ai, a ke haʻalele nei wau ia ʻoukou, a hoʻi aku i kahi hiki ʻole ia ʻoukou ke ʻike koke aʻe.
Before they left Kauai to return to the heavens, a certain agreement was made in their assembly at the government council. Lo! on that day, the rainbow pathway was let down from
Nuumealani and Kaonohiokala and Laieikawai mounted upon that way, and she laid her last commands upon her sisters, the seer, and Laielohelohe; these were her words: "My companions and our father the prophet, my sister born with me in the womb and your husband, I return according to our agreement; I leave you and return to that place where you will not soon come to see me;
Iā lākou ma Kohala a hiki i ka lā i haʻalele ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā iā Kohala, lawe aʻela ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, a hāʻawi akula iā ʻAiwohikupua me ka ʻōlelo aku, “ʻO kuʻu kapa hau he kapa i pāpā loa ʻia e koʻu mau mākua ʻaʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe; iaʻu wale iho nō.
They reached Kohala, and on the day when Aiwohikupua's party left, Poliahu took her garment of snow and gave it to Aiwohikupua, saying. "Here is my snow mantle, the mantle my parents strictly forbade my giving to anyone else; it was to be for myself alone;
Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.4
E hoʻi ʻoe a ʻike aku I ka maka o nā mākua, haʻi aku,
Go and look Into the eyes of our parents, say
Ch.10 p.52 para.4 sent.3
I ka maka o nā mākua,
The eyes of our parents.
Ch.10 p.53 para.6 sent.3
I ka maka o nā mākua ē.”
Into the eyes of our parents. Fare you well!
Ch.10 p.56 para.3 sent.3
I ka maka o nā mākua,
Into the eyes of our parents.
Ch.11 p.57 para.4 sent.1
Ua ʻoi aku ko lākou aloha iā Kahalaomāpuana ma mua o ko lākou aloha i ko lākou mau mākua a me ka ʻāina.
for they loved Kahalaomapuana better than their parents or their native land.
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne , ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.1
I ia lā a lākou e hiki ai ma Lāʻie, a i ia pō iho nō, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau hoa a me ko lākou makua kāne hoʻokama.
On the day of their arrival at Laie, that night, Laieikawai said to her companions and to her foster father:
Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.3
He mau māhoe kā māua, a no ka pepehi o ko māua makua kāne i nā keiki mua a ko māua makuahine i hānau ai no ka hānau kaikamahine wale nō, a iā māua hoʻi, hānau kaikamahine nō, no laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai au i loko o ka luawai.
we were twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was hidden within a pool of water;
Ch.27 p.146 para.3 sent.2
A ahiahi, paʻa ʻo ia i ke ʻawa, manaʻo aʻela kēia ʻo kā ka makua kāne hana ia.
and in the evening she was covered with fine rain; this she thought was her father's doings;
Ch.27 p.146 para.5 sent.2
Holokikī akula kēia a paʻa ma ka ʻumiʻumi o ka makua kāne , kāhea ihola e like me ke aʻoaʻo ʻana a Kāʻeloikamalama i hōʻike ʻia ma luna.
she ran quickly and seized her father's beard and called to him in the words taught her by Kaeloikamalama, as shown above.
Ch.27 p.146 para.12 sent.1
ʻĪ aʻela ka makua kāne , “Kuʻu ʻia aʻe kuʻu ʻumiʻumi, he kama ʻiʻo ʻoe naʻu.
Said the father, "Let go my beard; you are indeed my child."
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.2
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.25 p.134 para.1 sent.3
He mau māhoe kā māua, a no ka pepehi o ko māua makua kāne i nā keiki mua a ko māua makuahine i hānau ai no ka hānau kaikamahine wale nō, a iā māua hoʻi, hānau kaikamahine nō, no laila, ʻāhaʻi ʻia ai au i loko o ka luawai.
we were twins, and because our father had killed the first children our mother bore, because they were girls, when we also were born girls, then I was hidden within a pool of water;
Ch.27 p.145 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, kuʻu ihola mai ka ʻāʻī iho, honi akula i ka ihu o ke kaikamahine, no ka mea, ʻo Mokukelekahiki a me Kāʻeloikamalama, he mau kaikunāne no Laukieleʻula, ka makuahine o lākou me ʻAiwohikupua.
then they released her from Kaeloikamalama's neck and kissed their daughter. For Mokukelekahiki and Kaeloikamalama were brothers of Laukieleula, Aiwohikupua's mother.
Ch.27 p.145 para.8 sent.5
Nā kaikunāne o kuʻu makuahine;
The brothers of my mother,
Ch.27 p.146 para.2 sent.1
“I piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe, a i uhi ke ʻawa, na ko makuahine ia hana.
"On the way up, if fine rain covers you, that is your mother's doings;
I ia wā, hele akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i mua o kona makuahōnōwai kāne, me ka nīnau aku, “Pehea lā wau e ʻike ai i ka pono o koʻu kaikaina?
so Laieikawai went to her father-in-law and asked, "How can I see how it is with my sister,
Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.1
A no kēia mea, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele, kona makuahōnōwai kāne, “E hoʻi ʻoe a ma ko ʻolua wahi.
Then said Moanalihaikawaokele, her father-in-law, "Go home
Ch.34 p.187 para.1 sent.2
E nānā aku ʻoe i ko makuahōnōwai wahine.
and look for your mother-in-law;
Ch.34 p.187 para.2 sent.3
Eia naʻe, i kou kāhea ʻana, mai kāhea ʻoe me ka leo nui, o kani auaneʻi, lohe mai ko makuahōnōwai wahine, ʻo Laukieleʻula, ka mea nāna e mālama i ua ipu ʻike lā.”
Only when you call do not call in a loud voice; it might resound; your mother-in-law. Laukieleula, might hear, the one who guards the gourd of wisdom."
A no kēia mea, he mea ʻē ka inaina o Moanalihaikawaokele, a lohe pū aʻela ʻo Laukieleʻula, hele akula kona mau mākuahōnōwai i kahi o ka ipu ʻike, aia hoʻi, ʻike leʻa akula lāua e hana ana i ka hewa e like me kā Lāʻieikawai mau ʻōlelo.
Then Moanalihaikawaokele's wrath was kindled, and Laukieleula heard it also, and her parents-in-law went to the gourd — lo! they plainly saw the sin committed as Laieikawai had said.
Ch.34 p.187 para.6 sent.1
I kekahi lā aʻe, ʻākoakoa aʻela lākou a pau, ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā mākuahōnōwai, e hele a ʻike i ka pono o Kaʻōnohiokalā, a hoʻoholo aʻela lākou i ia mea.
That day they all came together, Laieikawai and her parents-in- law, to see what to do about Kaonohiokala, and they came to their decision.
Ch.34 p.189 para.5 sent.2
He mea mau naʻe iā Lāʻieikawai ka uē pinepine no kona kaikaina, a he mea haʻohaʻo nō hoʻi i kona mau mākuahōnōwai ka ʻike aku i ko Lāʻieikawai mau maka, ua ʻano maka uē.
often she wept for her sister, and her parents-in-law thought it strange to see Laieikawai's eyes looking as if she had wept.
Māla (1)
Ch.8 p.44 para.1 sent.2
I kekahi lā aʻe, kau i Molokaʻi ma Kaunakakai; ma laila aku a pae i Māla ma Lahaina.
the next day they lay off Molokai at Kaunakakai, from there they went ashore at Mala at Lahaina;
Mālaekahana (20)
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.1
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.1
I ka ʻewalu paha o nā makahiki o ko lāua noho ʻana he kāne a he wahine, hāpai aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau maila he kaikamahine.
About the eighth year of their living as man and wife, Malaekahana conceived and bore a daughter,
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.5
A hoʻi mai ʻo Kahauokapaka mai ka lawaiʻa mai, haʻi ʻia akula, ua hānau ʻo Mālaekahana he kaikamahine.
When Kahauokapaka returned from the fishing he was told that Malaekahana had borne a daughter.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.1
Ma ia hope iho, hāpai hou ʻo Mālaekahana a hānau hou maila he kaikamahine.
After a time Malaekahana conceived again and bore a second
daughter,
Ch.1 p.2 para.2 sent.1
Ma hope mai, ua hāpai wale nō ʻo Mālaekahana he mau kaikamāhine wale nō.
A kokoke i nā lā hānau i ka malama ʻo ʻIkuā i nā lā kapu heiau, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i ke kauoha a ke kahuna.
At the time when the child was to be born, in the month of October, during the taboo season at the temple, Malaekahana remembered the priest's command.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.1
I kekahi lā i ka malama ʻo Kaʻaona i nā Kū i ka manawa kakahiaka nui, ʻike ʻāweʻaweʻa akula ʻo ia he wahi ʻōnohi ma Koʻolau o Hawaiʻi.
One day in June, during the first days of the month, very early in the morning, he caught a glimpse of something like a rainbow at Koolau on Hawaii;
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.3
A pau ia malama ʻokoʻa i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻia e ia a i kekahi malama aʻe i ka lā ʻo Kūkahi i ke ahiahi ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, komo akula ʻo ia i loko o kona wahi heiau kahi i hoʻomākaukau ai no kona akua, a pule akula ʻo ia.
The whole month passed in patient waiting; and in the next month, on the second day of the month, in the evening, before the sun had gone down, he entered the place of worship prepared for his god and prayed.
Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.2
Hoʻokahi malama ke kali ʻana o Poliʻahu no ko lāua hoʻāo e like me kā lāua hoʻohiki ʻana, akā, ua hala ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Hilo no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai.
one month she waited for the promised meeting, but Aiwohikupua was at Hilo after Laieikawai.
Ch.17 p.88 para.4 sent.2
ʻŌlelo akula nā ʻelele i ke aliʻi wahine, “I hoʻouna ʻia mai nei māua e haʻi aku iā ʻoe ma ke kauoha a ko kāne hoʻopalau ʻekolu malama ou e hoʻomākaukau ai no ka hoʻāo o ʻolua, a ma ka hā o ka malama, i ka pō i o Kulu e hiki mai ai ʻo ia a hālāwai ʻolua e like me kā ʻolua hoʻohiki ʻana.”
The messengers said to the princess, "We have been sent hither to tell you the command of your betrothed husband. You have three months to prepare for the marriage, and in February, on the night of the seventeenth, the night of Kulu, he will come to meet you, according to the oath between you."
Ch.18 p.89 para.2 sent.1
Noho ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a i na la hope o ke kolu o ka malama, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau kaukaualiʻi a me na punahele, i na haia wahine hoʻi, na hoa kūpono ke hele pū ma ke kahiko ʻana i ka hanohano aliʻi ke hele ma kana huakaʻi no ka hoʻāo o na aliʻi.
Aiwohikupua waited until the end of the third month; the chief took his underchiefs and his favorites and the women of his household and other companions suitable to go with their renowned lord in all his royal splendor on an expedition for the marriage of chiefs.
A inā e hānau aʻe, a laila, naʻu e mālama ke keiki.
and when the child is born, then give it to me to take care of;
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.2
Aia ma laila kekahi ana i ʻike ʻole ʻia e nā mea a pau, a naʻu nō hoʻi e ʻimi koʻu wahi e mālama ai i kaʻu hānai.
a cave is there which no one knows about, and it will be my business to seek a place of protection for my foster child."
Ch.1 p.5 para.1 sent.3
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, kiʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kona ʻahuʻula, lawe maila a hoʻouhi akula iā Poliʻahu me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E like me kāu ʻōlelo iaʻu ma mua o kou hāʻawi ʻana mai iaʻu i ke kapa hau, pēlā nō ʻoe e mālama ai a hiki i ko kāua hui ʻana e like me ke kauoha.”
Then Aiwohikupua took out his feather cloak, brought it and threw it over Poliahu with the words, "As you have said to me before giving me the snow mantle, so do you guard this until our promised union."
A ma ia hope mai, i ke kokoke ʻana i ko Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mau lā hope, waiho akula ʻo ia i ʻōlelo kauoha no ka mālama ʻana iā Kanikawī, kā lāua ʻohe kapu me kāna kāne e like me ke kauoha a Kauakahialiʻi, “E kuʻu kāne, eia ka ʻohe.
Afterwards, when Kailiokalauokekoa's last days drew near, she prayed her husband to guard Kanikawi, their sacred flute, according to Kauakahialii's command: "My husband, here is the flute;
Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.1
“Auē! E kuʻu Haku, he nui kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe i kou mālama ʻana i ke kapa i haumia iaʻu, a he aha lā auaneʻi ka uku o kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe, e kuʻu Haku?”
"Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the evil I fear for you, my ruler? "
Ch.28 p.152 para.1 sent.3
ʻAʻole a mākou uku e uku aku ai no ka mālama ʻana a ke aliʻi iā mākou, a no ia mea, e ʻae mai ʻoe e iho aʻe au me kuʻu kaikunāne lani i lalo, a lawe mai iā Lāʻieikawai i luna nei.”
we have no way to repay the princess for her protection; and for this reason permit me and my princely brother to go down below and bring Laieikawai up here."
Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ka makuahine, “Ke ʻae aku nei au, no ka mea, ʻaʻole oʻu uku no kou mālama ʻana i kuʻu kapa i haumia iaʻu.
The mother said, "I grant it in recompense for your guarding my polluted garment.
Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻomaopopo nā mea a pau i ke ʻano o kēia ānuenue, akā, ua hoʻomau ʻia kēia mau hailona aliʻi ma nā wahi i mālama ʻia ai ua mau māhoe nei.
yet no one understood the nature of this rainbow, but such signs as attend a chief were always present wherever the twins were guarded.
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.1
A hiki kēia i Waiʻāpuka, kahi i mālama ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻike ihola ʻo ia, ʻaʻole he kuleana kūpono o kēlā wahi e noho ʻia ai e nā aliʻi.
He went to Waiapuka, where Laieikawai was being guarded, and saw no place there set off for chiefs to dwell in.
Ch.26 p.136 para.1 sent.1
“A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.”
"And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation."
Hoʻomau aku lāua i ka piʻi a hiki i ka mālamalama loa ʻana.
They went on climbing until a great light shone.
Ch.13 p.68 para.3 sent.2
No laila, holo aku nei wau a hiki i Hawaiʻi, piʻi aku nei māua a mālamalama, puka i uka o Paliuli.
so I sailed and came to Hawaii, two of us went up, until at daylight we reached the uplands of
Paliuli;
Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.1
A loaʻa iā lāua ka hā o nā pahu kapu, a laila, kokoke lāua e hiki i ka lima o ka pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ko Kahalaomāpuana pahu kapu, ʻo ia nō hoʻi ka pahu kapu weliweli loa, ke hoʻomaka aʻela e mālamalama loa.
After passing the fourth taboo sign, they approached at a distance the fifth sign; this was Kahalaomapuana's. This was the most terrible of all, and then it began to be light;
Ch.26 p.137 para.5 sent.2
A ma ka mālamalama loa ʻana aʻe, ue wehe ʻia ka puka o ka hale nona, a hele akula ʻo ia me kona ʻike ʻole ʻia mai.
And at early daybreak the door of the house was opened for him and he went out without being seen.
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.31 p.168 para.1 sent.2
ʻElima paha makahiki ka lōʻihi o ko lāua noho ʻana ma ka hoʻohiki paʻa o ka pelika male, a i ke ono paha o ka makahiki o ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho pono ʻana me kāna kāne, i ia manawa, hāʻule ihola ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā i ka hewa me Lāʻielohelohe me ka ʻike ʻole o nā mea ʻē aʻe i kēia hāʻule ʻana i ka hewa.
They had lived perhaps five years under the marriage contract, and about the sixth year of Laieikawai's happy life with her husband, Kaonohiokala fell into sin with Laielohelohe without
knowing of his falling into sin.
Malelewaʻa (3)
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.2
Iā ia nei ma laila, ʻike maopopo akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i luna o Malelewaʻa ma kahi nihinihi hiki ʻole ke hele ʻia.
Arrived there, he clearly saw the rainbow arching over Malelewaa, over a sharp ridge difficult to reach;
Ch.2 p.9 para.1 sent.1
I ka makāula i haʻalele ai iā Waiʻalalā, hiki aku kēia ma Waikolu i lalo pono o Malelewaʻa.
After the seer left Waialala he went to Waikolu right below Malelewaa.
Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa.
That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa.
Ma kā ʻoukou mea e ʻōlelo mai ai, ma laila wau e hoʻolohe ai, no ka mea, he kanaka wau i hana pono ʻole ʻia e nā mea waʻa i koʻu holo ʻana mai Oʻahu mai, no laila wau e haʻi mua aku nei iā ʻoukou, e nā mea waʻa, malia o like ʻoukou me lāua.”
whatever you demand, I will accede to; for I was not well treated by the men who brought me here from Oahu, so I will first make a bargain with you men, lest you should be like them."
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.4
Malia o lanakila ʻoe i ua malo ou,” a laila, neʻe akula kona mau hoa ma waho o ka ʻaha.
maybe you will win through your girdle!" Then his backers moved away from the crowd.
Ch.9 p.48 para.9 sent.3
Malia hoʻi o ʻae iā Mailelauliʻi.”
perhaps she will yield to Mailelaulii."
Ch.9 p.50 para.3 sent.1
“E kiʻi kāua ma o ke kupuna wahine lā,” wahi a ua kuhina nei, “e noi aku iā ia, malia o ʻae mai kēlā.”
"Let us go to the grandmother," said his counsellor, "and ask her; maybe we can get the consent from her."
I loko o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā ma Waiʻāpuka, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka piʻo ʻana o ke ānuenue ma kēlā wahi i loko o ka manawa ua a me ka mālie, ʻo ka pō a me ke ao.
All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there constantly, in rain or calm,
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.4
A pau nā lā he ʻumi, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ka mālie, a maikaʻi ka moana.
After ten days they saw that it was calm to seaward.
Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.3
No laila, ke noi aku nei wau iā ʻoe, e kali kāua a ʻike ʻia mai ka mālie ʻana.
But let us wait until it is pleasant
Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.4
A ikē ʻia aku ka piʻo mai o ke ānuenue i loko o ka manawa mālie, a laila, maopopo nona kēlā hōʻailona.”
and see whether the rainbow is there then; then we shall know it is her sign.
Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.2
Piʻi akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me kona kuhina a hiki i Kūkululaumania ma ke kauhale o nā kamaʻāina, a noho ihola ma laila e kali ana no ka mālie o ka ua.
and Aiwohikupua went up with his counsellor to Kukululaumania to the houses of the natives of the place and stayed there waiting for pleasant weather.
Ch.6 p.35 para.4 sent.3
A hala nā lā ʻehā ma laila, haʻalele loa ka mālie o Hilo, ʻike maopopo ʻia akula ke kālaʻe ʻana mai o ka ʻāina a waiho wale mai ʻo Panaʻewa.
After four days it cleared over Hilo: the whole country was plainly visible, and Panaewa lay bare.
A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu.
The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance."
Ch.2 p.11 para.3 sent.3
I loko o kēia manawa, lohe pono loa akula ke aliʻi nui o Molokaʻi i kēia leo, a laila, hoʻōki aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha i lohe ʻia aku ai ka ʻōlelo a kēia kanaka malihini e kūhea nei, no ka mea, i loko o ko ke aliʻi ʻike ʻana aku i ua wahi kanaka nei, ua hoʻopiha ʻia kona mau maka i ka ʻoliʻoli me ke ʻano pīhoihoi.
Now the high chief of Molokai heard his voice plainly, so the chief quieted the crowd and listened to what the stranger was shouting about, for as he looked at the man he saw that his face was full of joy and gladness.
Ch.2 p.12 para.5 sent.2
ʻAkahi nō wau a ʻike, a he mea malihini ia i koʻu mau maka.”
this was the very first time; she was a stranger to me."
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.2
ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau.
there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party.
Ch.3 p.18 para.2 sent.3
ʻO ʻAiwohikupua naʻe kekahi o ia poʻe aliʻi i ʻākoakoa pū mai ma kēia ʻaha uē o nā malihini.
Aiwohikupua came with the rest of the chiefs to wail for the strangers.
Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.1
A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake.
The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire.
A pau ka ʻauʻau ʻana a lāua, hoʻi akula lāua me ka manaʻo e kau ma luna o nā waʻa a holo aku, akā, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ke aliʻi wahine e kōnane mai ana a manaʻo ihola ke aliʻi kāne malihini e hele i ke kōnane, akā, ua lilo mua na ke aliʻi wahine ke kāhea e kōnane lāua.
After the bath, they returned to the canoe thinking to go aboard and set out, but Aiwohikupua saw the princess playing konane and the stranger chief thought he would play a game with her; now, the princess had first called them to come and play.
Akā, ma kēlā ʻōlelo a Mailekaluhea, ua ʻoi aku ka maʻalea o kā lāua nei ʻōlelo malimali i mua o ia ala, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia aku lāua.
But to Mailekaluhea's command they answered so craftily with flattering words that they were allowed to pass.
Ch.14 p.73 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i hala aku ai, hālāwai akula lāua me Mailelauliʻi, a e like nō me ka ʻōlelo a lāua nei i mua o nā mea mua, pēlā nō lāua i hana ai i mua o Mailelauliʻi, a no ka maʻalea loa o lāua i nā ʻōlelo malimali, no laila, ua hoʻokuʻu ʻia lāua mai ko Mailelauliʻi alo aku.
As the two went on they met Mailelaulii and with the same words they had used to the first, so they addressed Mailelaulii. And because of their great craft in persuasion, the two were
allowed to pass Mailelaulii's front.
Maliʻo (38)
Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.4
A, ʻo ua Halaaniani nei, ke kaikunāne o Maliʻo, he keiki kaulana ia ma Puna no ke kanaka uʻi; he keiki koaka naʻe.
As to this Halaaniani, he was Malio's brother, a youth famous throughout Puna for his good looks, but a profligate fellow.
Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻi wikiwiki akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me kona kaikuahine, me Maliʻo.
Then quickly he went to consult his sister, to Malio."
Ch.20 p.104 para.5 sent.2
ʻŌlelo akula kona kaikunāne, “E Maliʻo, i piʻi mai nei wau iā ʻoe e kiʻi ʻoe i koʻu makemake, no ka mea, i nā lā a pau aʻu e nalo nei, ma Keaʻau nō wau no koʻu ʻike mau i kēia wahine maikaʻi.
Said her brother, " Malio, I have come to you to gain my desire. All those days I was absent I was at Keaau to behold a certain beautiful woman,
Ch.20 p.104 para.7 sent.1
Ma muli o ke kauoha o Maliʻo i kona kaikunāne, hoʻi maila ʻo Halaaniani a ma kona hale noho ma kula a hiki i ka manawa i kauoha ʻia nona e hele aku i kahi o kona kaikuahine.
According to Malio's directions to her brother, Halaaniani returned to his house at Kula. He came at the time his sister had commanded.
Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.1
Ma mua o ko lāua manawa hiamoe, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Maliʻo iā Halaaniani, “Inā e moe kāua i kēia pō, a i loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moeʻuhane, a laila, haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, a pēlā nō hoʻi wau.”
Before they slept, Malio said to Halaaniani, "If you get a dream when you sleep, tell it to me, and I will do the same."
Ch.20 p.105 para.1 sent.3
ʻAʻole i loaʻa he moe iā ia, a ala maila nō hoʻi ʻo Maliʻo i ia manawa nō.
he could not sleep, and Malio awoke at the same time.
A hala akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā, kūkā ihola nā kaikuahine i ko lākou manaʻo a hoʻoholo ihola lākou e ukali ma hope o ke kaikunāne me ka manaʻo e maliu mai.
When Aiwohikupua and his companion had departed, the sisters conferred together and agreed to follow him, thinking he could be pacified.
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.1
I loko o kēia oli ʻana a Mailekaluhea, ʻaʻole naʻe i maliu iki mai ko lākou kaikunāne.
While Mailekaluhea was singing not once did their brother compassionately look toward them,
Ch.10 p.52 para.5 sent.4
Eia kāna ʻōlelo, “He nani ia ua maliu ʻole maila ko kākou kaikunāne aliʻi i kā Mailehaʻiwale a me Mailekaluhea i kā lāua ualo aku, e aho e hele nō kākou ma uka a kahi e pae aʻe ai lākou, a laila, na Mailelauliʻi e kaukau aku i ko kākou kaikunāne.
These were her words: "It is clear that our brother chief is not pacified by the entreaties of Mailehaiwale and Mailekaluhea. Let us, better, go by land to their landing place, then it will be Mailelaulii's turn to sing.
Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.8
E maliu mai,
Have compassion upon us,
Ch.10 p.53 para.4 sent.9
E maliu mai i nā hoa ukali,
Have compassion upon the comrades who have followed you.
Ch.10 p.53 para.7 sent.4
A liʻuliʻu kā lākou lā hoʻolana ʻana i nā waʻa, ʻo ka huli akula nō ia o ʻAiwohikupua mā e holo; ʻaʻole wahi mea a maliu iki mai.
After letting the canoe float a little while, the whole party turned and made off, and had not the least compassion.
Aia a lohe aku ʻoukou ua lanakila ʻo Ihuanu, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo ʻoukou i kuʻu puʻupuʻu iā Kanikapiha, ka ʻai a ke kumu i aʻo ʻole ʻia iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ʻaʻole e lanakila mai ʻo ia ma luna oʻu, no ka mea, ua kani ka pola o kuʻu malo i kēia lā.”
When you hear that Cold-nose has conquered, then remember my blow called The-end-that-sang , the fruit of the tree which you have never tasted, the master's stroke which you have never learned. By this sign I know that he will never get the better of me, the end of my girdle sang to-day."
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.3
Kūlia i mua o ka ʻai a ke kumu a kākou i aʻo pū ʻole ʻia mai ai iā mākou, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei hoʻi ʻoe ua kani ka pola a ko malo.
we are silent before the fruit of this tree of yours which you say we have never tasted, and you say, too, that the end of your girdle has sung;
Ch.5 p.30 para.1 sent.4
Malia o lanakila ʻoe i ua malo ou,” a laila, neʻe akula kona mau hoa ma waho o ka ʻaha.
maybe you will win through your girdle!" Then his backers moved away from the crowd.
Iā Kekalukaluokēwā me Lāʻieikawai i hoʻomaka ai e hoʻomoe aku i ka nalu, e hopu aku ana ʻo Halaaniani ma nā kapuaʻi o Lāʻieikawai, a lilo maila ma kona lima, lilo akula ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai, pae akula naʻe ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā a kau a kahi maloʻo.
As Kekalukaluokewa and Laieikawai lay resting on the wave, Halaaniani caught Laieikawai by the soles of her feet and got his arm around her, and Laieikawai's surf board was lost. Kekalukaluokewa rode in alone and landed on the dry beach.
I ia kani ʻana nō hoʻi, malu ana ke aka ma ka puka o ka hale, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa ʻo loko i ka noe.
as soon as it sounded there fell the shadow of a figure at the door of the house. Behold! the room was thick with mist,
Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.2
Ua lilo ʻoe iaʻu i ke kōnane ʻia, a ke waiho nei nō ia hoʻohiki a kāua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoʻi ʻana maila.”
you became mine at konane and our vows are spoken, and I have lived apart and undefiled until your return."
Ch.8 p.41 para.5 sent.5
I kipa mai nei i ou lā e haʻi aku no kēia mau mea iā ʻoe, a no laila, e noho malu ʻoe a hiki i kuʻu hoʻi hou ʻana mai, hoʻokō ʻia ka hoʻohiki.”
I have stopped in here to tell you all this; and therefore, live apart, and on my next
return our vow shall be fulfilled."
Ch.10 p.51 para.2 sent.6
E malu ana i ka hala nui,
Fed upon the fruit of sin."
Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.5
A hiki māua, he hele ma lalo o nā puʻu a he malu e uhi ana, i laila ʻo Poliʻahu i loaʻa ai iā māua.
and came to a house below the hills covered with shade; there we found Poliahu;
Ch.26 p.137 para.3 sent.2
Inā e kū ma ka ʻāina, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, ua ka ua, kuʻi ka hekili, ʻōlapa ka uila, ʻōpaʻipaʻi ka mauna, waikahe ka ʻāina, pualena ka moana i ka hele a kuʻu kaikamahine haku.”
if on land, the wind would blow, the sun be darkened, the rain fall, the thunder crash, the lightning flash, the mountain tremble, the land would be flooded, the ocean reddened, at the coming of my daughter and lord."
I ia wā lākou e kū ana me Lāʻieikawai, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, kaikoʻo ke kai, pualena ka moana, hoʻi ka waikahe o nā kahawai a paʻa i nā kumu wai, ʻaʻole he puka wai i kai.
As they stood there with Laieikawai, the wind blew, the sun was darkened, the sea grew rough, the ocean was reddened, the streams went back and stopped at their sources, no water flowed into the sea.
”lawe akula ʻo Waka iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi a Kapūkaʻihaoa i kuhikuhi ai, a ma laila ʻo ia i mālama malū ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kona manawa i hoʻomāhuahua iki aʻe ai.
Waka took Laieikawai where Kapukaihaoa had directed, and there she kept Laieikawai hidden until she was come to maturity.
Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2
Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia.
So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him.
Ch.4 p.24 para.5 sent.2
I ke kaikamahine aliʻi naʻe e ʻauʻau ana i ka wai o Kūmaka, ua hoʻopūʻiwa ʻia ke aliʻi kāne a me kona kuhina e ke kuko ʻino, a no ia mea, ʻiniki malū akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi iā ʻAiwohikupua e hoʻokaʻawale iā lāua mai kahi a Hinaikamalama e ʻauʻau ana i ʻole lāua e pilikia ma ka manaʻo.
While the princess was bathing in the water of Kumaka the chief and his counsellor desired her, so the chief's counsellor pinched Aiwohikupua quietly to withdraw from the place where Hinaikamalama was bathing, but their state of mind got them into trouble.
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.2
ʻAʻole nō hoʻi wau i haʻi aku i kaʻu wahi e hele ai, a no laila, ke haʻi malū aku nei wau iā ʻoukou, e oʻu mau kaikuahine, ʻo kākou wale, i Hawaiʻi aku nei mākou i nalo iho nei.
not even the place where I was to go; and now I tell it to you in secret, my sisters, to you alone. To Hawaii I disappeared
Ch.14 p.74 para.2 sent.2
A laila, nihi malū akula ko Hauaʻiliki hele ʻana a wehe aʻela i ke pani o ka puka o ka hale aliʻi, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka ʻahuʻula.
so he tiptoed up secretly, unfastened the covering at the entrance to the house, which was wrought with feather work,
Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3
A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe.
Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you;
Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe!
But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling!
No laila, ke kauoha mua aku nei wau iā ʻoe ma mua o kuʻu hele ʻana e noho ʻoe me ka maluhia loa.
So I lay my command upon you before I go, to live in complete purity,
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.7
Inā i hoʻi mai wau, ʻaʻole ʻoe i maluhia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i hoʻokō i kaʻu mau kauoha, a laila, ʻo ka pau nō ia.”
If when I return you have not remained pure, not obeyed my commands, then there is an end of it."
Ch.7 p.39 para.2 sent.5
E noho maluhia loa kākou a pau.”
let us remain under a sacred taboo; "
Ch.8 p.41 para.4 sent.2
Ua lilo ʻoe iaʻu i ke kōnane ʻia, a ke waiho nei nō ia hoʻohiki a kāua, a ua noho maluhia wau me ka malu loa a hiki i kou hoʻi ʻana maila.”
you became mine at konane and our vows are spoken, and I have lived apart and undefiled until your return."
Ch.12 p.65 para.2 sent.5
A no ia mea, ua kauoha wau e hoʻomākaukau ko kākou kupuna wahine i hale no ʻoukou e noho ai me ka maluhia e like me aʻu nei.
and for this reason I have asked our grandmother to furnish you a home where you may live virgin like myself,
Ch.12 p.66 para.2 sent.2
I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Lāʻieikawai no kā lākou mea i kūkā ai me kona mau kaikuaʻana, ʻī akula, “E ke Aliʻi, ua kūkā mākou i mea nou e maluhia ai.
Then she told Laieikawai what the sisters had agreed upon and said, "O princess, we have consulted together how to protect you,
A iā māua i hiki ai i kai, a no ka māluhiluhi, hāʻule akula wau, hiamoe.
and on our reaching the coast, exhausted, I fell asleep:
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.6
Ma kēia hoʻi ʻana a hiki ma Waimea i ʻOuli, ʻo ia kā ka makāula ʻike ʻana aku i ka piʻo o ke ānuenue i kai o Kawaihae, a no ka māluhiluhi o ua makāula nei, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i wikiwiki mai e ʻike i ke ʻano o ke ānuenue, no laila, hoʻomaha ihola ʻo ia ma laila.
When he reached Waimea, at Ouli, there he saw the rainbow arching over the sea at Kawaihae.
And the seer was so weary he was not quick to recognize the rainbow, but he stayed there,
Guards of the shadows, present yourselves before the chief.
Ch.28 p.153 para.6 sent.1
A loaʻa ka malumalu i mua o ko ke aliʻi wahi moe, a laila, kāhea maila i ke kaikuahine, a hele akula a uē ihola, no ka mea, ua māʻeʻele kona puʻuwai i ke aloha no kona kaikuahine ʻōpiopio, a he nui nō hoʻi nā lā o ke kaʻawale ʻana.
When the shadows came over the place where the chief lay, then he called his sister, and went to her, and wept over her, for his heart fainted with love for his youngest sister, and long had been the days of their separation.
A no ka makemake loa o ke aliʻi e loaʻa mau iā ia ka moeʻuhane mau no Lāʻieikawai, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina nui e mama i ʻawa, a no laila, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke kuhina i nā mea mama ʻawa o ke aliʻi e mama i ka ʻawa.
And because of the chief's longing to dream often, he commanded his chief counsellor to chew awa. So the counsellor summoned the chiefs awa chewers
Ch.4 p.23 para.3 sent.1
Hoʻokahi pō, hoʻokahi ao o ka moe ʻana, mama ka ʻona ʻawa o ke aliʻi.
A night and a day the chief slept while the effects of the awa lasted.
Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.3
I loko o ko lākou manawa ʻai, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou ka ʻona ʻana o ka ʻawa, a no ka loaʻa ʻole o ka ʻona o ka ʻawa, hoʻolale koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kona mau mama ʻawa e mama hou ka ʻawa.
During the feasting, the awa had not the least effect upon them. And because the awa had no effect, the chief hastily urged his awa chewers to chew the awa a second time.
Ch.18 p.89 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ka hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ʻUlili ma, hoʻouna hou akula ʻo ia ia Koaʻe, kekahi o kana mau ʻelele mama, e like me ka ʻōlelo kauoha i na ʻelele mua.
After the dismissal of Snipe and his fellow, the chief dispatched Frigate-bird, one of his nimble messengers, with the same errand as before.
Hoʻokahi nō kumu pili māmā loa, ʻo ia nā kino nō o kāua.
a still lighter stake would be our persons;
Ch.16 p.84 para.2 sent.4
Ma ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, lawe aʻela ke kuhina iā ʻUlili a me ʻAkikeʻehiʻale, ko ʻAiwohikupua mau ʻalele māmā, a piʻi akula e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau kānaka.
At the chief's command the counsellor sent the Snipe and the Turnstone, Aiwohikupua's swiftest messengers, to go up and find out the truth about his men.
Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.2
I ia lele ʻana a kiʻekiʻe lāua nei, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana, aia ma luna pono o lāua ke a luna e poʻi iho ana iā lāua nei, a no ko lāua nei māmā loa o ka lele ʻana ma ko lāua ʻano kino manu, ua pakele lāua.
They flew high and looked about. There right above them was the upper jaw shutting down upon them, and only by quickness of flight in their bird bodies did they escape.
Ch.26 p.138 para.8 sent.1
A māmā aʻela ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona luna e lawe mai i ka makāula me nā kaikamāhine pū mai, i pani ma ka hakahaka o Poliʻahu a me Hinaikamalama.
When the chief recovered he commanded his head man to bring the seer and his daughter to fill the place of Poliahu and Hinaikamalama.
A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō.
And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power.
Ch.34 p.185 para.7 sent.5
No laila, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i ʻike noʻu, i ʻike hiki ke ʻike aku ma kahi mamao i ʻike au i ka pono o koʻu hoahānau.”
so give me power to see to that distant place to know how it is with my relatives."
Ch.34 p.187 para.4 sent.2
I ia wā ka hoʻomaka ʻana e ʻike i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao.
then she began to see all that was happening at a distance.
“A no laila, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ʻae mai e mālama ʻia kēia mau iwi ma kou lokomaikaʻi, e kuʻu Haku, a e waiho pū ʻia ka pōmaikaʻi me kaʻu mau mamo a hiki i kaʻu hanauna hope.”
"And therefore I beseech you to guard these bones under your special favor, my mistress, and to leave this trust to your descendants unto the last generation."
A laila, ma ka mana o Waka kona kupuna wahine, ua hikiwawe loa, ua paʻa ka hale.
Then, through the supernatural power of her grandmother, Waka, the matter was quickly dispatched, the house was made ready.
Ch.12 p.66 para.3 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ke ʻae aku nei wau e like me kā ʻoukou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo, a ʻo ʻoukou nō ka mana ma Paliuli nei a puni.”
Said Laieikawai, "I consent to your agreement, and yours shall be the guardianship over all the land of Paliuli."
Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.2
No ko lākou manaʻo e puka hou ana ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i Paliuli, a laila, he mana ko lākou e kipaku i ko lākou ʻenemi.
if Aiwohikupua should again enter Paliuli, to have power to bar their enemy.
Ch.14 p.73 para.5 sent.1
Iā Kahalaomāpuana i ʻike mai ai iā lāua nei, he mea ʻē kona huhū, a laila, kāhea maila ʻo ia me kona mana ma ke ʻano ʻalihikaua no ke aliʻi, “E Hauaʻiliki ē!
When Kahalaomapuana saw them she was angry, and she called out to them authoritatively, as the princess's war chief, "O Hauailiki!
Ch.14 p.74 para.4 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ʻo Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi, e honi kāua, no ka mea, iaʻu i piʻi mai ai i uka nei i kēia mau pō aku nei lā, ua hiki mai wau i uka nei me ko ʻike ʻole, akā, ma ka mana o kou mau kiaʻi, ua kipaku ʻia wau.
Hauailiki said, "O Princess, let us kill one another, for a few nights ago I came up and got here without seeing you; we were driven away by the power of your guards,
Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.7
Kūlia ko ikaika, ko mana a pau i luna o ʻAiwohikupua.
exert your strength, all your godlike might over Aiwohikupua.
I loko o kēlā manawa a ʻAiwohikupua e kamaʻilio ana no ka paʻakikī o Lāʻieikawai, i ia manawa, e noho ana ʻo Hauaʻiliki, ke keiki puʻukani o Mānā, i loko o ka ʻahaʻaina.
While Aiwohikupua talked of Laieikawai's stubbornness, Hauailiki was sitting at the feast, the young singer of Mana,
Ch.18 p.91 para.3 sent.1
Iā ia nei i hiki aku ai, aia ʻo ʻAiwohikupua me Poliʻahu ma Mānā.
When she arrived Aiwohikupua was with Poliahu and others at Mana,
I kēlā manawa a Lāʻieikawai me Halaaniani e heʻe nalu ana mai ka moana mai, ua uhi ʻia ko Waka mana e ka mana nui o Maliʻo.
While Laieikawai was surfing ashore with Halaaniani, Waka's supernatural gift was overshadowed by Malio's superior skill,
Ch.29 p.157 para.2 sent.4
Ma ona lā i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana nui hiki ʻole iā mākou, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana nei, ʻalua wale nō mea i hāʻawi ʻia ai ka mana, koe aku naʻe ke kapu no ko kākou kaikunāne, no laila, mai makaʻu ʻoe.
to him was given superhuman powers which we have not, except Kahalaomapuana; only they two were given this power; his taboo rank still remains; therefore, do not fear;
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2
ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi.
more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it.
Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.1
Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine.
Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth.
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei.
Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw.
Ch.1 p.5 para.5 sent.2
Ake akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me Poloʻula me ka manaʻo e noi aku i ke aliʻi i waʻa e hiki ai i Oʻahu.
and he desired to meet Poloula to ask the chief for a canoe to go to Oahu.
Ch.1 p.6 para.3 sent.1
A pau ko Waka manawa ma kahi o Lāʻieikawai, hoʻi maila ʻo ia, akā, ʻike aʻela kēia ma loko o ka wai i kēia mea e noho ana ma luna iho, emi hope hou akula ʻo Waka, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo ia ʻo Kahauokapaka kēia mea ma kaʻe o ka luawai.
After Waka had been with Laieikawai she returned, but while yet in the water she saw someone sitting above on the bank, so she retreated, for she thought it was Kahauokapaka, this person on the brink of the water hole.
Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka.
Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again.
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
Ch.20 p.104 para.3 sent.2
Me ka ʻike ʻole naʻe o Halaaniani i kahi e hele mai ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, mai ia manawa mai ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka manaʻo ʻino e ake e loaʻa ʻo Lāʻieikawai.
without knowing where she came from; from that time the wicked purpose never left his mind to win Laieikawai,
Ch.22 p.117 para.6 sent.4
Hoʻi akula ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ʻino no kēlā kaikamahine, me ka manaʻo e kiʻi e hoʻohaumia.
He returned with his mind fixed upon doing a mischief to the girl, determined to get her and pollute her.
Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā hele ʻana kēia hele ʻana a Kaʻōnohiokalā i kāna hana mau i lalo nei, a hiki i ka ʻehā makahiki, aia hoʻi, ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia mai ka nani o Lāʻielohelohe ma mua o kāna ʻike mua ʻana, a māhuahua loa aʻela ka manaʻo ʻino o Kaʻōnohiokalā.
On every trip Kaonohiokala took to do his work below, for four years, lo! Laielohelohe's loveliness grew beyond what he had seen before, and his sinful lust increased mightily,
A no ka manaʻo nui o ke aliʻi e ʻike i kēlā wahine, peʻahi ʻia akula a iho koke maila kēlā me kona ʻaʻahu kapa i hoʻopuni ʻia i ka hau, a hāʻawi maila i kona aloha iā ʻAiwohikupua, a aloha akula nō hoʻi ke aliʻi kāne i kona aloha ma ka lūlū lima ʻana.
As the chief had a great desire to see the woman, she was beckoned to: and she approached with her cloak all covered with snow and gave her greeting to Aiwohikupua, and he greeted her in return by shaking hands.
Ch.12 p.66 para.4 sent.1
Eia naʻe ka manaʻo nui o kēlā poʻe kaikamāhine e lilo i kiaʻi no ke aliʻi.
Now the girls' main purpose in becoming guardians of Paliuli was,
Ch.25 p.131 para.2 sent.3
Aia a kū kona mākaia, a laila, pono mākou, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō kā mākou mea manaʻo nui .”
when her reproach is lifted, then we are happy, for we think first of you."
Ch.28 p.152 para.2 sent.4
ʻO ia hoʻi, ua ʻōlelo nō ko kaikunāne, ʻo ʻoe hoʻokahi nō kāna mea i ʻoi aku ke aloha a me ka manaʻo nui , a no laila, e piʻi kāua e ʻike i ko kaikunāne.
"Indeed, your brother has said that you are the one he loves
best and thinks the most of; so let us go up and see your brother.
Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.1
ʻO ke kumu nui o ko Kaʻōnohiokalā manaʻo nui e hoʻokawale iā Kahalaomāpuana i Keʻalohilani, i mea e nalo ai kona kalohe iā Lāʻielohelohe, no ka mea, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, aia kekahi ʻike iā ia.
The great reason why Kaonohiokala wished to separate Kahalao-
mapuana in Kealohilani was to hide his evil doings with Laielohelohe, for Kahalaomapuana was the only one
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, ʻaʻole he manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, no ka mea, ua manaʻolana loa kēlā no ka lohe ʻana ʻo kona mau kaikuahine nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi.
To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful because of what he had heard of his sisters guarding the princess.
Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.1
A no kēia ʻōlelo a kahi kanaka, ʻī aku ke aliʻi, “Alia wau e manaʻoʻiʻo i kāu no Lāʻieikawai kēlā hōʻailona, no ka mea, he mea mau i loko o ka wā ua ka piʻo o ke ānuenue.
At the man's words, the chief answered, "I will wait before believing that a sign for Laieikawai; for the rainbow is common in rainy weather;
Ch.29 p.159 para.3 sent.2
E like me ka ʻōlelo no ʻAiwohikupua, pēlā kāna ʻōlelo iā Kekalukaluokēwā, a manaʻoʻiʻo maila ʻo ia.
And as he said to Aiwohikupua, so he said to Kekalukaluokewa, and he believed him.
I loko naʻe o ko Hauaʻiliki manawa e kamaʻilio ana no ka lilo ʻana o nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua i mau koa kiaʻi no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, ua manaʻolana hou aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e holo i Hawaiʻi no ke kiʻi nō iā Lāʻieikawai e like nō me kona manaʻo mua.
While Hauailiki was telling how Aiwohikupua's sisters had become guardians to Laieikawai, then Aiwohikupua conceived afresh the hope of sailing to Hawaii to get Laieikawai, as he had before desired.
Ch.15 p.77 para.3 sent.3
A no kēia ʻōlelo a Hauaʻiliki, ʻaʻole he manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, no ka mea, ua manaʻolana loa kēlā no ka lohe ʻana ʻo kona mau kaikuahine nā kiaʻi o ke aliʻi.
To Hauailiki's words Aiwohikupua paid no attention, for he was hopeful because of what he had heard of his sisters guarding the princess.
Ch.33 p.180 para.6 sent.2
I ia manawa, ua hoʻolele ʻia ka ʻōʻili o Hinaikamalama me ka manaʻolana nō o kāna ipo, akā, i ka lālau ʻana aʻe, aia naʻe ʻo kāna mea i manaʻo ai.
Then Hinaikamalama's heart leaped with the hope it was her lover; now when she seized him it was in truth the one she had hoped for.
A laila, lālau aʻela ʻo ia i kona ʻaʻahu, a pālulu aʻela i kona mau maka i mua o ke anaina i mea e hūnā ai i kona mānaʻonaʻo i nā makaʻāinana a me ka ʻāina, a lawe ʻia akula ʻo ia ma ke ānuenue i loko o nā ao kaʻalelewa ma ka lani kua kaʻa.
Then she caught hold of her garment and held it up to her eyes before the assembly to hide her feeling for the people and the land. And she was borne by the rainbow to the land above the clouds, to Lanikuakaa, the heavens higher up.
I loko o ko ʻAiwohikupua lohe ʻana iā Kauakahialiʻi a me ko lāua kūkā mau ʻana me kona kuhina nui no Lāʻieikawai, a laila, manaʻopaʻa aʻela ke aliʻi no Tahiti mai ua wahine lā.
When Aiwohikupua had heard Kauakahialii's story, after conferring long with his high counsellor about Laieikawai, then the chief was convinced that this was the woman from Tahiti.
Ch.5 p.29 para.1 sent.2
Ke ʻike maopopo leʻa aku nei wau ʻānō i kēia manawa ʻaʻole e lanakila ana ko kākou aoʻao, a ma kuʻu manaʻopaʻa hoʻi, e lanakila ana ka malihini ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ke ʻike maopopo akula nō ʻoe ua make loa ko kākou kanaka i ka wēlau wale nō o ko ia ala lima.
I see pretty plainly now our side will never get the best of it; I am sure that the stranger will beat us, for you see how our man was killed by just a push from his hand;
Ch.29 p.158 para.2 sent.7
Hele akula ua makāula nei e like me kona manaʻopaʻa, a hele akula ʻo ia i mua o nā aliʻi a me ka poʻe koʻikoʻi ma kahi e ʻākoakoa ai nā aliʻi.
The prophet went away, as he had determined, and he went into the presence of the chiefs and men of position, at the place where the chiefs were assembled;
Ch.31 p.171 para.1 sent.2
He ʻike hiki he hana ʻia kekahi hana ma kahi malū, a he kaikamahine manaʻopaʻa nō, ʻaʻole e hoʻopilimeaʻai, o manaʻo auaneʻi ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, o haʻi ʻia kāna hana kalohe ʻana i mua o Moanalihaikawaokele, no laila ʻo ia i hoʻokaʻawale ai i kona kaikuahine.
who could see things done in secret; and she was a resolute girl, not one to give in. Kaonohiokala thought she might disclose to Moanalihaikawaokele this evil doing;
so he got his sister away,
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.3 sent.4
I ia manawa i hānau ai, aia naʻe ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka lawaiʻa me nā kānaka.
At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away at the fishing with the men.
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.5
I ia manawa, kēnā koke aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ilāmuku e pepehi.
then the chief at once ordered the executioner to kill it.
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3
”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna.
The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward.
Ch.1 p.3 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, nui loa maila ka nahunahu ʻana a ʻaneʻane e hānau, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo aʻela ʻo Mālaekahana i nā ʻōlelo a ke kahuna i aʻoaʻo mai ai iā ia.
and when the pains came upon her, almost at the moment of birth, then Malaekahana remembered the priest's counsel to her.
I ia pō nō, i loko o ko lāua manawa hoʻomaha no ka hōʻoluʻolu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, hiki maila ma o Hinaikamalama ke anu māʻeʻele loa, no ka mea, ua kuʻu maila ʻo Poliʻahu i ke anu o kona kapa hau ma luna o kona ʻenemi.
That very night as they rested comfortably in the fulfillment of their bargain, Hinaikamalama grew numb with cold, for Poliahu had spread her cold snow mantle over her enemy.
I ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻino a hiki mai ka manawa kūpono no ka holo moana, kauoha aʻela ke kuhina i nā kāpena waʻa o ke aliʻi e hoʻomākaukau i nā wāʻa no ka holo i Hawaiʻi i ia pō iho.
At the close of the rough season and the coming of good weather for sailing, the counsellor ordered the chief's sailing masters to make the double canoe ready to sail for Hawaii that very night;
I loko o kēlā manawa, huli pono akula ʻo Hinaikamalama a ʻōlelo aku iā Hauaʻiliki, “E ke Aliʻi nona kēia ʻaha leʻaleʻa, ua lohe aʻela wau kēia ʻaha, ua ʻume ʻia aʻe nei kāua e ka mea ʻume o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa āu o ke aliʻi no ka hoʻohui ʻana iā kāua no ka manawa pōkole .
And Hinaikamalama turned right around and said to Hauailiki, "O chief of this festal gathering (since I have heard this is all in your honor), your sport master has matched us two, O chief, to bring us together for a little;
Ch.28 p.149 para.3 sent.3
Aia a pau kuʻu haumia ʻana, e launa nō kāua no ka manawa pōkole a hele aku.”
when they are ended, we will visit together a little, then go."
I loko o ko Lāʻieikawai mau lā ma Waiʻāpuka, ua hoʻomau ʻia ka piʻo ʻana o ke ānuenue ma kēlā wahi i loko o ka manawa ua a me ka mālie, ʻo ka pō a me ke ao.
All the days that Laieikawai was at Waiapuka a rainbow arch was there constantly, in rain or calm,
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.1
I ia manawa, ua maopopo leʻa i ka makāula he aliʻi nui ka mea nona kēia ānuenue e piʻo nei a me nā ʻōnohi ʻelua i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ao polohiwa a puni.
By that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great chief— this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark clouds.
Ch.3 p.13 para.2 sent.1
A hiki kēia i Kaʻamola, ka ʻāina e pili pū lā me Keawanui, kahi hoʻi a Lāʻieikawai mā e kali nei i ka mea waʻa, i ia manawa, ua pōʻeleʻele loa ihola.
He went to Kaamola, the district adjoining Keawanui, where Laieikawai and her companion were awaiting the paddler
Ch.10 p.55 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, ua hala hope loa kekahi mau kaikuahine a hala mua lākou lā.
then the other sisters were left far behind and the canoe went ahead.
Ch.11 p.58 para.7 sent.2
I ia manawa, ua hoʻouluhua ʻia ko Lāʻieikawai manawa hiamoe, a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi kēia o ka pō leʻaleʻa loa o ke aliʻi.
Then Laieikawai's sleep was disturbed, and this night she was even more delighted.
Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.3
I ia manawa, ua hoʻopūʻiwa koke ʻia ko Kahalaomāpuana lunamanaʻo no ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu e like me kona ʻano mau.
then, Kahalaomapuanawas terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds as was her custom;
Iā Kekalukaluokēwā i manaʻo ai e hoʻokō i ke kauoha a kāna aikāne, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia i kona kuhina e hoʻomākaukau i nā waʻa hoʻokahi mano no ka huakaʻi kiʻi wahine a ke aliʻi i Hawaiʻi e like me ke aʻoaʻo mau o ke aliʻi.
Then he commanded his counsellor to make ready 4,000 canoes for the journey to Hawaii after a wife, according to the custom of a chief.
Oi kali aku mākou a ao ia pō, ʻaʻole i hiki aʻe; ʻo nā manu wale nō kai kani mai.
we waited until morning; she did not come; only the birds sang.
Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.8
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu me kona nani nui.”
and when it passed away she lay resting on the wings of birds in all her beauty."
Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2
No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.”
Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.5
ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike aku iā Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo ka hale kaʻu i ʻike maka aku ai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o nā manu ʻōʻō, no laila, manaʻo nō au ʻaʻole e loaʻa, hoʻi ʻokoʻa mai nei me ka nele.
I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, so I thought I could not win her and came back here unsuccessful.
Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.3
I ia manawa, ua hoʻopūʻiwa koke ʻia ko Kahalaomāpuana lunamanaʻo no ka ʻike ʻana aku iā Lāʻieikawai e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu e like me kona ʻano mau.
then, Kahalaomapuanawas terrified to see Laieikawai resting on the wings of birds as was her custom;
Ch.11 p.59 para.5 sent.4
ʻElua hoʻi mau manu ʻiʻiwi pōlena e kau ana ma nā poʻohiwi o ke aliʻi e lū ana i nā wai ʻala lehua ma ke poʻo o ke aliʻi.
two scarlet iiwi birds were perched on the shoulders of the princess and shook the dew from red lehua blossoms upon her head.
A hala akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana a hui me kona mau kaikuaʻana, nīnau maila naʻe kona mau kaikuaʻana i kāna hana a me ke ʻano o ko lāua hālāwai ʻana me ke aliʻi, haʻi akula kēlā, “Iaʻu i hiki aku ai a ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi, wehe akula kahi kuapuʻu nāna i kiʻi mai nei iaʻu, a i kuʻu ʻike ʻana aku nei i ke aliʻi e kau mai ana i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, no ia ʻike ʻana oʻu, ua ʻeʻehia wau me ka makaʻu a hāʻule akula wau i lalo ma ka lepo.
When Kahalaomapuana rejoined her sisters they asked what she had done — what kind of interview she had had with the princess. Answered the girl, "When I reached the door of the palace a hunchback opened the door to receive me, and when I saw the princess resting on the wings of birds, at the sight I trembled with fear and fell down to the earth.
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe o ka ʻeha no ka ʻaneʻane hānau, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Mālaekahana i kāna kāne, “E Kahauokapaka ē!
When the pain had quieted, Malaekahana said to her husband, "Listen, Kahauokapaka!
Ch.3 p.19 para.3 sent.8
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu me kona nani nui.”
and when it passed away she lay resting on the wings of birds in all her beauty."
Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.3
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻike akula nā mea a pau i kēia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i ke awa me ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi i luna o nā waʻa, a laila, maopopo aʻela ka wānana a ka makāula.
and as soon as it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it the taboo sign of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled.
Ch.13 p.69 para.5 sent.1
I kekahi lā aʻe ma ka puka ʻana a ka lā, uhi ana ke ʻawa a me ka noe ma Keaʻau a puni, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi ʻehiku mau wāhine e noho ana ma ke awa pae o Keaʻau, a hoʻokahi ʻoi o ia poʻe.
Next day at sunrise the mist and fog covered all Keaau, and when it cleared, behold! seven girls were sitting at the landing place of Keaau, one of whom was more beautiful than the rest.
Ch.14 p.72 para.1 sent.4
A ma hope iho o ia manawa, e uhi ana ka noe a me ka ʻohu, a i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻaʻole ʻo Lāʻieikawai mā.
And soon after the mist and fog covered the land, and when it passed away nothing was to be seen of Laieikawai and her party;
Ch.21 p.107 para.6 sent.5
A mao aʻe, a laila, ʻike ʻia aku ʻekolu ʻoukou e kū mai ana ma kua nalu, a laila, e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe he mana koʻu e uhi aku ma luna o Waka, a ʻike ʻole ʻo ia i kaʻu mea e hana aku ai nou.
when it clears, then you three will appear riding on the crest of the wave, then you shall see that I have power to veil Waka's face from seeing what I am doing for you:
I ia manawa, hoʻoholo aʻela ka makāula i kona manaʻo e holo i Oʻahu i maopopo ai iā ia kāna mea e ʻike nei.
Then the seer made up his mind to go to Oahu to make sure about the sign which he saw.
Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa a ka waʻa e hoʻi hope nei, hoʻohuoi ihola ka makāula i ka pā ʻana a ka makani ma kona pāpālina, no ka mea, ua maopopo iā ia kahi a ka makani i pā ai i ka holo ʻana mai Oʻahu aku nei; manaʻo ihola ʻo ia ma kai mai ka makani e pā nei.
When the canoe turned back, the seer distrusted this, because the wind blew in his face; for he knew the direction of the wind when he left Oahu, and now, thought he. the wind is blowing from the seaward.
Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.2
Akā, ua maopopo i kona poʻe nānā uli a kilokilo hoʻi, he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele i kāna huakaʻi.
And the steersmen as well as soothsayers saw plainly that he might go on his journey.
Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.2
(E like paha me ka ʻike ʻana i ke kalaunu mōʻī o kēlā aliʻi kēia aliʻi ke hiki mai iā kākou nei, pēlā paha ka maopopo ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua pūnohu i ike ʻia e ua makāula nei.)
perhaps as we recognize the crown of any chief
Ch.6 p.34 para.4 sent.3
A i ka mao ʻana aʻe, ʻike akula nā mea a pau i kēia kaulua e holo mai ana a pae i ke awa me ka pūloʻuloʻu aliʻi i luna o nā waʻa, a laila, maopopo aʻela ka wānana a ka makāula.
and as soon as it was quiet all saw the double canoe coming to land carrying above it the taboo sign of a chief. Then the seer's prediction was fulfilled.
Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.4
A ikē ʻia aku ka piʻo mai o ke ānuenue i loko o ka manawa mālie, a laila, maopopo nona kēlā hōʻailona.”
and see whether the rainbow is there then; then we shall know it is her sign.
A maopopo iā ʻAiwohikupua ke kokoke hiki o lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, nonoi akula ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai kahi kanaka i ka ʻahuʻula i paʻa iho ai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ia mea ma kona lima a hiki i ko lāua launa ʻana me ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli.
When Aiwohikupua saw that they were approaching Laieikawai's house, he asked for the feather cloak to hold in his hand when they met the princess of Paliuli.
I ia manawa, ua maopopo leʻa i ka makāula he aliʻi nui ka mea nona kēia ānuenue e piʻo nei a me nā ʻōnohi ʻelua i hoʻopuni ʻia i nā ao polohiwa a puni.
By that time the seer saw clearly that it was the sign of a great chief— this rainbow arch and the two ends of a rainbow encircled in dark clouds.
Ch.3 p.15 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa, pūʻiwa koke aʻela ʻo ia me ka lele o kona ʻōʻili me ka maikaʻi ʻole o kona noʻonoʻo ʻana, akā, ua kali lōʻihi nō ʻo ia me ka hoʻomanawanui a maopopo leʻa ka hana a kēlā wahi ʻōnohi.
he grew excited, his pulse beat quickly, but he waited long and patiently to see what the rainbow was doing.
Ch.26 p.135 para.1 sent.2
Akā hoʻi, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai, naue akula ka makāula ma kahi kaʻawale, a pule akula i kona akua e hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine.
But in order to make sure, the seer withdrew to a distance and prayed to his god lo confirm the girl's story.
Ch.34 p.183 para.1 sent.2
ʻAʻole naʻe ʻo ia i wikiwiki i ka huhū, akā, i mea e maopopo leʻa ai iā ia, hoʻomanawanui nō ʻo Lāʻielohelohe.
not at once did she show her rage; but she waited but to make sure.
A laila, lālau akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i ka pū lāʻī ma ka lima o ke kaikamahine a hoʻokani ihola, a no ko Lāʻieikawai maʻa ʻole i ka hoʻokani ka pū lāʻī, no laila, ua loaʻa ʻole ke kani ma ia hoʻokani ʻana, a laila, he mea maopopo loa i ke aliʻi wahine he mea kani ʻole nō ka pū lāʻī ke hoʻokani ma ke ao.
Laieikawai was surprised at these words, thinking the girl was lying. So she snatched the trumpet out of the girl's hand and played upon it. and because she was unpracticed in playing the trumpet the thing made no sound; then the princess believed that the trumpet would not sound by day.
A komo akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe a noho ihola ma ke poʻo o lāua (Kekalukaluokēwā mā), honi ihola i ka ihu a uē malū ihola i loko ona, akā, ua hoʻohanini ʻia nā māpuna waimaka o Lāʻielohelohe no ka ʻike ʻana iho, he wahine ʻē kā kāna kāne.
Laielohelohe entered and sat down at their head, kissed him and wept quietly over him; but the fountain of her tears overflowed when she saw another woman sleeping by her husband,
I ke kamaʻilio ʻana i kēia kaʻao, ua ʻōlelo ʻia ma Lāʻie, Koʻolau kona wahi i hānau ai, a he mau māhoe lāua: ʻo Kahauokapaka ka makua kāne, ʻo Mālaekahana ka makuahine.
This tale was told at Laie, Koolau; here they were born, and they were twins; Kahauokapaka was the father, Malaekahana the mother.
Ch.1 p.1 para.1 sent.3
Aia iā ia ka mana nui ma luna o kēlā mau ʻokana.
and he had great authority over these districts.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.1
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.2
I noho aku auaneʻi kāua a i loaʻa kā kāua keiki, a he keiki kāne, a laila, pōmaikaʻi kāua, ola nā iwi i loko o ko kāua mau lā ʻelemakule a hāʻule aku i ka make, nalo nō hoʻi nā wahi huna.
If we two live hereafter and bear a child and it is a son, then it shall be well with us. Our children shall live in the days of our old age, and when we die they will cover our nakedness.
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.4
Akā hoʻi, inā he kaikamahine ke hānau mua mai, a laila, e make, a inā he mau kaikamāhine wale nō kā kāua ke hānau mai, e make nō.
but if the first born is a daughter, then let her die;
however many daughters are born to us, let them die;
Ch.1 p.1 para.2 sent.5
Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.”
only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after."
Kainoa paha he pono kāu i kau mai ai ma luna o ko māua waʻa, ʻaʻole kā!
We thought perhaps your coming on board would be a good thing for us. Not so!
Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli.
Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise;
Ch.2 p.9 para.4 sent.2
Iā lāua i hālāwai aku ai me ka mea waʻa, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Waka, “E ʻae anei ʻoe iā māua e kau pū aku me ʻoe ma ko waʻa a holo aku i kāu wahi i manaʻo ai e holo?”
When they met the canoe man, Waka said: "Will you let us get into the canoe with you, and take us to the place where you intend to go?"
Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.1
A no ka hoʻopuka ʻana o ka mea waʻa i kēia ʻōlelo, a laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “E ke kamaʻāina o māua, e hele loa ana anei ʻoe?
When the canoe man had spoken thus, Laieikawai said, "Our host, shall you be gone long ?
Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.2
No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?”
for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good."
A no kēia ʻōlelo a ka mea waʻa, ʻī akula ʻo Waka i ke kamaʻāina o lāua nei, “Inā ʻo ke kumu ia o kou hele ʻana i kauoha honua ai ʻoe i nā mea a pau o kou hale iā māua, a laila, ke ʻī aku nei wau he hiki iā māua ke kōkua iā ʻoe ma ka hoe ʻana.”
And at these words, Waka said to their host, "If that is the reason for your going away, leaving us in charge of everything in your house, then let me say, we can help you paddle."
Maui (10)
Ch.3 p.18 para.3 sent.1
A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Kauakahialiʻi i kona hele ʻana penei, “I koʻu hele ʻana mai ʻaneʻi aku, ma muli o ke aloha o ka wahine, a puni Oʻahu a me Maui, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi wahine e like me Kaʻiliokalauokekoa nei.
Then Kauakahialii told of his journey as follows: "Seeking hence after the love of woman, I traversed Oahu and Maui, but found no other woman to compare with this Kailiokalauokekoa here.
Ch.4 p.25 para.7 sent.6
E like me kāu hana iaʻu, pēlā nō au e hana ai iā ʻoe me ko noho i Maui nei.”
as you would do to me, so shall I to you, and you shall dwell here on Maui."
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.9
A pau nā kauoha a ʻAiwohikupua iā Hinaikamalama, haʻalele lākou iā Maui, hiki lākou nei i Kapakai ma Kohala.
After laying his commands upon Hinaikamalama, they left Maui and went to Kapakai at Kohala.
Ch.8 p.44 para.2 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i holo aku ai mai Maui aku a hiki i kēlā wahi, ua ʻike mua mai ʻo Poliʻahu i ko lākou holo ʻana a me ka hiki ʻana i Kaʻelehuluhulu, no laila, hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo Poliʻahu iā ia iho no ka hiki aku o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila hoʻāo.
As Aiwohikupua 's party were on the way from Maui thither, Poliahu knew of their setting sail and coming to Kaelehuluhulu. Then Poliahu made herself ready to come to wed Aiwohikupua;
Ch.18 p.91 para.8 sent.4
No laila, i hele mai nei wau e ʻike i ko ia ala hoʻopunipuni nui iaʻu, no ka mea, hiki aʻe kēlā i Hāna ma Maui, e heʻe nalu ana mākou.
therefore I came here to see how he had lied to me. For that man there came to Hana on Maui while we were surf riding.
Ch.25 p.133 para.6 sent.2
Inā he waʻa e holo ai i Maui, Molokaʻi, Oʻahu a hiki i Kauaʻi, a laila, holo mākou.”
to carry us to Maui, Molokai, Oahu, and to Kauai, then we shall set sail."
Ma ke kakahiaka o kekahi lā aʻe, kau akula lākou ma luna o nā waʻa, a holo akula a kau ma Honuaʻula i Maui, a mai laila aku a Lahaina, a ma kekahi lā aʻe, i Molokaʻi.
Early in the morning of the next day they went on board the canoe and sailed and rested at Honuaula on Maui, and from there to Lahaina, and the next day to Molokai;
No uka lilo mai wau mai ka piko mai o kēlā mauna e ʻaʻahu mau ana i nā kapa keʻokeʻo e like me kēia kapa aʻu e ʻaʻahu aku nei.
I come from inland: from the summit of that mountain, which is clothed in
a white garment like this I am wearing:
Ch.7 p.39 para.4 sent.3
A pau kā lāua kamaʻilio ʻana i ka wanaʻao, hoʻokaʻawale lākou i ka wahine noho mauna, a holo akula a hiki i Hāna a hālāwai me Hinaikamalama.
When their talk was ended, at the approach of day, they parted from the woman of the mountain and sailed and came to Hana and met Hinaikamalama.
Ch.18 p.90 para.4 sent.1
Ma ka lā ʻo Kulu ma ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana aʻe o ka lā a kiʻekiʻe iki aʻe, ʻike akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua mā i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hau e uhi ma luna o ka piko o nā mauna a hiki i kahi o lāua e hoʻāo ai.
On the seventeenth day, the day of Kulu, in the early morning, a little later than sunrise, Aiwohikupua and his party saw the, snow begin to hide the summits of the mountain clear to the place of meeting.
Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e hui me ka wahine noho mauna o Mauna Kea.
Then Aiwohikupua set out to join the woman of the mountain.
Ch.18 p.90 para.6 sent.3
I ia manawa, haʻalele ʻo Poliʻahu i kona kapa hau, lālau like aʻela ka poʻe noho mauna i ko lākou kapa lā, hoʻi akula ka hau a kona wahi mau.
Then Poliahu laid off her mantle of snow and the mountain dwellers put on their sun mantles, and the snow retreated to its usual place.
Ch.19 p.98 para.3 sent.2
I ia pō, iā ʻAiwohikupua me Makaweli e kilu ana, a i ka waenakonu o ko lāua manawa leʻaleʻa, komo ana nā wāhine noho mauna i loko o ka ʻaha leʻaleʻa.
This night, while Aiwohikupua and Makaweli were playing spin-the-gourd, in the midst of the sport, the women of the mountain entered the place of assembly.
Inā e kū ma ka ʻāina, lulu ka makani, malu ka lā, ua ka ua, kuʻi ka hekili, ʻōlapa ka uila, ʻōpaʻipaʻi ka mauna, waikahe ka ʻāina, pualena ka moana i ka hele a kuʻu kaikamahine haku.”
if on land, the wind would blow, the sun be darkened, the rain fall, the thunder crash, the lightning flash, the mountain tremble, the land would be flooded, the ocean reddened, at the coming of my daughter and lord."
Mauna kea (5)
Ch.7 p.38 para.5 sent.1
ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAkahi nō wau a maopopo no Mauna Kea mai ʻoe, a ua loaʻa koke kou inoa iā mākou ma ka haʻi ʻia ʻana e kēlā kanaka paeaea.”
Said Aiwohikupua, "This is the first I knew about your coming from the White Mountain, but we found out your name readily from that fisherman yonder."
Ch.7 p.39 para.3 sent.2
Akā, no ko kāua lawe ʻana iā kāua i kāne hoʻāo ʻoe naʻu, a pēlā hoʻi wau iā ʻoe, no laila, ke hāʻawi lilo aku nei wau i kēia kapa a hiki i kou lā e manaʻo mai ai iaʻu ma nā hoʻohiki a kāua, a laila, loaʻa kou kuleana e ʻimi aʻe ai iaʻu a loaʻa i luna o Mauna Kea, a laila, hōʻike aʻe ʻoe iaʻu, a laila, hui kino kāua.”
but as we are betrothed, you to me and I to you, therefore I give away this mantle until the day when you remember our vows, then you must seek me, and you will find me above on the White Mountain; show it to me there, then we shall be united."
Ch.18 p.89 para.4 sent.3
Inā e ʻike aku kakou ma ke kakahiaka nui o ka la ʻo Kūlua e haliʻi ana ka hau mai ka piko o Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa a me Hualālai a hiki i Waiʻulaʻula, a laila, ua hiki lākou i kahi o ʻolua e hoʻāo ai, a laila, hele aku kākou.
When you look out early in the morning of the seventeenth, the day of Kulu, and the snow clothes the summit of Maunakea, Maunaloa, and Hualalai, clear to Waiulaula, then they have reached the place where you are to wed; then set out, so she says."
Ch.18 p.90 para.5 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻomaka ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e hui me ka wahine noho mauna o Mauna Kea.
Then Aiwohikupua set out to join the woman of the mountain.
Ch.18 p.92 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa nō a Hinaikamalama a haʻiʻōlelo lā, a laila, ua hoʻopiha ʻia ʻo Poliʻahu i ka huhū wela, ʻo kona hoʻi nō ia i Mauna Kea a hiki i kēia lā.
Then at Hinaikamalama's story, Poliahu was filled with hot anger; and she went back to White Mountain and is there to this day.
Maunalahilahi (1)
Ch.1 p.6 para.1 sent.2
I ua makāula nei i hele ai, hiki mua kēia i luna pono o Maunalahilahi.
Before the seer went he first climbed clear to the top of Maunalahilahi
Maunalei (2)
Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.2
I ia wanaʻao ʻana aʻe, loaʻa iā lāua ka waʻa e holo ai i Lānaʻi, a kau lāua ma laila a holo akula, a ma Maunalei ko lāua wahi i noho ai i kekahi mau lā.
At dawn they found a canoe sailing to Lanai, got on board, and went and lived for some time at Maunalei.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.2
ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking;
I ia manawa i hānau ai, aia naʻe ʻo Kahauokapaka i ka lawaiʻa me nā kānaka.
At the time when she was born, Kahauokapaka was away at the fishing with the men.
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1
Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe.
As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign;
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.3
”I ia manawa, nonoi akula ke kahuna iā Mālaekahana e hāʻawi mai i kekahi lima i mua o ke alo o ke kahuna e like nō me ka hailona mau o kēia lāhui, ma ka lima nō naʻe āna e makemake ai e hāʻawi aku i mua o ke kahuna.
The the priest asked Malaekahana to give him one of her hands, according to the sign used by this people, whichever hand she wished to give to the priest.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa a ke kahuna i noi aku ai i kekahi lima, hāʻawi maila ʻo Mālaekahana i ka lima hema me ka hoʻohuli ʻia o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
Now, when the priest asked Makaekahana to give him one of her hands she presented the left, with the palm upward.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ke kau mai nei i koʻu mau maka ka ʻōhua palemo, no laila, e holo aku ʻoe i ke kaʻalau ʻōhua, me he mea ala, a loaʻa mai ka ʻōhua palemo, a laila, hemo kuʻu keiki.
the spawn of the manini come before my eyes; go after them, therefore, while they are yet afloat in the membrane; possibly when you bring the manini spawn, I shall be eased of the child;
Ch.1 p.6 para.2 sent.3
ʻAʻole hoʻi he makani o kēia luawai e kuleana ai lā hoʻi ka ʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai, me he mea lā, he mea e ʻauʻau ana a ʻike aʻe nei iaʻu, peʻe iho nei.”
No wind ripples the water on this pool. It is like a person bathing, who has hidden from me."
Ch.2 p.10 para.3 sent.2
No ka mea, ke ʻike leʻa nei māua i kou kauoha honua ʻana, me he mea lā, e hele loa ana ʻoe?”
for it looks from your charge as if you were to be away for good."
Ch.2 p.12 para.4 sent.2
Akā, ua hāʻupu honua aʻe ka makāula, me he mea lā, ʻo kāna mea e ukali nei, a no kēia mea, neʻeneʻe loa akula ka makāula a kokoke, paʻa akula ma ka lima o kahi kanaka a huki malū akula iā ia.
So the seer moved slowly toward him, got near, and seized the man by the arm, and drew him quietly after him.
Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2
No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.”
Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."
Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana.
After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief;
”Akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ka manaʻo o ka mea waʻa e huli i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa pū me ia , no ka mea, ua hoʻoholo mua ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo hoʻoholo i loko ona e hele e kūkala aku iā Lāʻieikawai a puni ʻo Molokaʻi.
Now it was not the man's intention to look for a mate to paddle the canoe with him, but as he had already determined, so now he vowed within him to go and spread around Molokai the news about Laieikawai.
Ch.3 p.15 para.7 sent.1
I ia pō iho, i loko o kona manawa hiamoe, hālāwai maila kona akua me ia ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, “Ua ʻike au i kou luhi a me kou hoʻomanawanui ʻana me ke ake e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka moʻopuna a Waka me kou manaʻo hoʻi e loaʻa kou pōmaikaʻi no kāna moʻopuna mai.
That night, in his sleep, his god came to him in a vision and said; "I have seen the pains and the patience with which you have striven to find Waka's grandchild, thinking to gain honor through her grandchild.
Ch.6 p.33 para.3 sent.2
A nānā akula, ʻaʻole he mau waʻa holo mai, no laila, nīnau akula ka poʻe me ia , “ʻAuhea hoʻi nā waʻa āu i ʻōlelo mai nei he mau waʻa aliʻi?”
but could see no canoe coming. Then the people with him asked, "Where is the canoe which you said was a chief's canoe coming? "
Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.7
ʻO ia ke kānāwai paʻa a ke aliʻi i kau ai no ka poʻe i holo pū me ia i Hawaiʻi.
This was the charge the chief laid upon the men who sailed with him to Hawaii.
Ch.21 p.111 para.2 sent.2
I kēlā manawa, aia nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai i loko o ka halehale poʻipū o ka nalu, a i ka haki maikaʻi ʻana o ka nalu, i ʻalawa aʻe ka hana o Lāʻieikawai, ʻaʻole ʻo Halaaniani me ia .
Now, when Laieikawai was deep under the wave, the crest broke finely; Laieikawai glanced about to see how things were; Halaaniani was not with her.
Ch.30 p.165 para.2 sent.2
A hala ia, a laila, kāʻili pū ʻia akula nā kaikuahine ʻelima i luna, a noho pū me ia i ka ʻolu o ka mahina.
and when he had departed the five sisters were taken up to dwell with the wife in the shelter of the moon.
E nānā mai ʻoe i kēia ʻōpū oʻu e hāpai nei, no ka mea, ua pauaho aʻe nei hoʻi i ka pau o nā keiki i ka make i ka pākela pepehi a ke kāne.
Look upon this womb of mine which is with child, for I can no longer endure my children's death; the husband is overzealous to keep his vow;
Ch.1 p.2 para.5 sent.2
Iā ia nei e nahunahu ana, hele akula kēia i mua o ke kahuna me ka ʻōlelo aku, “I hele mai nei au ma ke kauoha a ke kahuna, no ka mea, ke hoʻomaka mai nei ka nahunahu hānau keiki ʻana.
When the pains of childbirth were upon her, she came to the priest and said, "I come at the command of the priest, for the pains of childbirth are upon me;
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.1
Iā Mālaekahana me ke kahuna e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, a laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i kāna ʻōlelo iā Mālaekahana, “E hailona aku au iā ʻoe.
As Malaekahana talked with the priest, he said: "I will show you a sign;
Ch.1 p.2 para.6 sent.2
Ma ka mea aʻu e noi aku ai, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe.
anything I ask of you, you must give it."
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.2
A laila, haʻi akula ke kahuna i ka hailona i kū i kāna ʻike, “E hānau hou ana nō ʻoe he kaikamahine, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai nei ʻoe i kou lima hema iaʻu me ka huli naʻe o ke alo o ka lima i luna.
The the priest told her the interpretation of the sign: "You will bear another daughter, for you have given me your left hand with the palm upward."
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua.
When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband;
Eia wale nō ko lākou manawa ʻike i kā lākou mau mea ʻai i ka manawa mākaukau o lākou e pāʻina, i ia manawa e lawe mai ai nā manu i nā mea ʻai a lākou, a na nā manu nō e hoʻihoʻi aku i nā ukana ke pau kā lākou pāʻina ʻana.
nor the food itself, save when, at mealtimes, the birds brought them food and cleared away the remnants when they had done.
Ch.13 p.68 para.1 sent.1
I ka lā i ʻahaʻaina ai, ʻākoakoa maila nā hoa ʻai a pau loa, ua mākaukau nā mea ʻai , a ʻo ka ʻawa ko lākou mea inu ma ia ʻahaʻaina ʻana.
On the day of the feast all the guests assembled, the food was ready spread, and the drink at the feast was the awa.
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.2
Eia kā, ʻo Lāʻieikawai nō kā lāua kūkā mau a he ʻuʻuku ke kūkā ma nā mea ʻē aʻe.
but it was about Laieikawai that the two talked and very seldom about anything else.
Ch.4 p.26 para.1 sent.5
ʻAʻole e lilo i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana iki i kekahi mea pono ʻole e keʻakeʻa ai i kā kāua hoʻohiki.
not to consent to any others, not to do the least thing to disturb our compact;
Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.1
ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, “ʻAʻole au e ʻaʻa aku e hakakā me ʻoe ma kāu noi ke ʻole ʻoe e kū mai me nā mea ʻē aʻe ma kou aoʻao.
Answered Aiwohikupua, "I will not accept the challenge without others on your side,
Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.1
A lohe ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kēia ʻōlelo, he mea ʻē kona ukiuki.
These words enraged Aiwohikupua.
Ch.6 p.36 para.5 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua e nānā ana i ka hale o ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli, he mea ʻē ke kāhāhā a me ka hilahila.
When Aiwohikupua saw the house of the princess of Paliuli, he felt strangely perplexed and abashed,
Ua lawe mai nei au i koʻu ʻahuʻula i makana e hāʻawi aku ai i ke aliʻi wahine o Paliuli nei, akā, ke nānā aku nei wau, ʻo ke pili ihola ia o ka hale o ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ʻoe, ʻo kēia mea he ʻahuʻula, ʻaʻole ia e loaʻa i nā mea ʻē aʻe.
I have brought my cloak wrought with feathers for a gift to the princess of Paliuli and I behold them here as thatch for the princess's house; yet you know, for that matter,
even a cloak of feathers
Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine.
Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth.
Ch.23 p.121 para.8 sent.5
ʻAʻole e loaʻa iaʻu ma kuʻu mana, no ka mea, ʻelua lāua.”
A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i ka ʻaha, a hoʻi akula a kau i luna o nā waʻa a holo akula.
This ended, Aiwohikupua left the company, got aboard the canoe, and departed:
Ch.8 p.43 para.1 sent.1
A pau kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Hāna a holo mai lākou a hiki i Oʻahu nei.
After this they left Hana and sailed and came to Oahu,
Ch.10 p.54 para.4 sent.1
A pau kā lākou hana ʻana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele lākou iā Punahoa, hele ukali hou maila lākou ma kahi e loaʻa ai ko lākou kaikunāne.
When this was done, they left Punahoa, again followed their
brother
Ch.25 p.131 para.5 sent.1
Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a kau akula ma luna o ua moʻo nui nei (Kihanuilūlūmoku), a kiʻi akula iā Kaʻōnohiokalā.
After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch Kaonohiokala.
Ch.34 p.185 para.5 sent.2
I ia manawa nō a lāua e kamaʻilio ana no kēia mau mea, haʻalele akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Lāʻieikawai, a iho maila, me ka manaʻo o Lāʻieikawai, e kiʻi ana ma muli o kāna kauoha, ʻaʻole kā!
Therefore. Kaonohiokala left Laieikawai and went away, as Laieikawai thought, to carry out her command. Not so!
A no ka lohe ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i ko Lāʻielohelohe kumu i holo ai e ʻimi i ke kāne, a laila, ʻī aku ʻo ia i ke kiaʻi hale aliʻi, “Inā i hoʻi hou mai ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā, a i nīnau mai iā Lāʻielohelohe, ʻī aku ʻoe ua maʻi ia, a laila, ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai, no ka mea, he mea haumia loa ia iā Kaʻōnohiokalā a me nā mākua o mākou.
And when he heard Laielohelohe's reason for setting sail to seek her husband, then he said to the palace guard, "If Kaonohiokala returns again, and asks for Laielohelohe, tell him she is ill, then he will not come back, for she would pollute Kaonohiokala and our parents;
(Ma ʻaneʻi, e ka mea heluhelu , e waiho i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ma ka mokuna ʻumikumamākolu o kēia kaʻao, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua no kona hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi).
(Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming to Kauai.)
ʻŌlelo aku ʻoe e hele mai i ʻaneʻi i hana mai ai ʻo ia i kāna mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa i mua o kāua.”
tell her to come here and amuse us."
Ch.26 p.136 para.7 sent.1
I ia manawa, kū aʻela ua makāula nei, a kāhea akula me ka leo nui i mua o ke aliʻi a me ka ʻaha a pau, “E ke aliʻi, ke ʻike nei au, he mea maikaʻi no ke aliʻi ka lawe ʻana i kekahi o kēia poʻe puʻupaʻa i mea hoʻoleʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi.
Then the seer stood before the chiefs and all the assembly and cried in a loud voice: "O chiefs, it is a wise and good thing for the chief to take whichever one of these virgins pleases him,
Iā ʻAiwohikupua i ʻike aku ai iā Kahalaomāpuana, e kau mai ana kēlā i luna o nā ʻēheu o nā manu me he ʻalihikaua nui lā, a he mea hou loa ia iā ʻAiwohikupua mā.
When Aiwohikupua saw Kahalaomapuana resting on the wings of birds, as commander in chief, this was a great surprise to Aiwohikupua and his companion.
Ch.22 p.113 para.4 sent.1
I ke kupuna wahine i hiki aku ai, aia naʻe, ua paʻuhia lāua e ka hiamoe nui, me he mea lā, ua lilo ka pō i manawa makaʻala na lāua e like me ka mea mau i nā mea hou .
When the grandmother came to them, they were both fast asleep, like new lovers, as if the nights were the time for waking.
Ma kēia hoʻopau ʻia ʻana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā, manaʻo ihola lāua, e haʻi i nā mea huna i pāpā ʻia iā lāua e ko lāua haku, no laila, ua hoʻokō lāua i kā lāua mea i ʻōhumu ai.
At this, Snipe and his companion decided to tell the secrets prohibited to the two by their master. Now how they carried out their intrigue,
Ch.31 p.167 para.1 sent.2
A no ka lilo ʻana o Lāʻieikawai i wahine mau ma ka pelika paʻa, no laila, haʻawi ʻia aʻela ia ia kekahi mau hana mana a pau ma ke ʻano akua e like me kana kane, koe naʻe ka mana hiki ʻole ke ʻike i na mea huna a me na hana pohihihi i hana ʻia ma kahi mamao; no kana kane wale nō.
And when she became wife under the marriage bond, all power was given her as a god except that to see hidden things and those obscure deeds which were done at a distance; only her husband had this power.
Iā lāua nō e ʻōlelo ana no kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia maila ka papa heʻe nalu o Lāʻieikawai a hiki i kahi o lāua e kū ana.
While they were speaking; Laieikawai's surf board floated to where they were.
Ch.26 p.136 para.3 sent.1
A pau kēia mau mea, lawe aʻela ka makāula e like me ke kauoha a kona akua, holo akula i ia pō, a hoʻonoho i kahi i kauoha ʻia.
And after these things the prophet did as his god commanded — sailed that night and dwelt in the place commanded.
Ch.31 p.167 para.2 sent.4
A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula lāua me ko lāua ʻike ʻole ʻia, a e like me ka ʻōlelo, “ʻO Kaʻōnohiokalā ka mea iho mai e ʻike i ka pono o kona mau hoa,” ʻo ia kekahi kumu i haunaele ai ko Lāʻieikawai mā noho ʻana me kāna kāne.
After these words they were borne away out of sight. And as to her saying Kaonohiokala would come to look after the welfare of her companions, this was the sole source of disturbance in Laieikawai's life with her husband.
Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.2
A no kēia mea, lawe aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i kona kuhina nui (ka makāula), ma kāna huakaʻi kaʻapuni.
And for this reason Kekalukaluokewa took his chief counsellor (the prophet) with him on the circuit.
Ch.34 p.189 para.4 sent.4
A pau kēia mau mea, lawe ʻia akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana e pani ma ka hakahaka o Kaʻōnohiokalā.
and at the end Kahalaomapuana was taken to fill Kaonohiokala's place.
A ma ka pili o ke ao, hoʻokani hou akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kāna pū lāʻī e like me ke kani mua ʻana, a laila, ua lilo ihola nō ia i mea leʻaleʻa no ke aliʻi.
And just before daylight Kahalaomapuana played again on her ti leaf trumpet as before, then this delighted the princess.
Ch.18 p.90 para.7 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua mā i hiki aku ai ma ko Poliʻahu mā wahi e noho ana, he mea leʻaleʻa loa i ke aliʻi wahine nā mea kani o nā waʻa o ke aliʻi kāne, a he mea mahalo loa nō hoʻi iā lākou ka ʻike ʻana i ko ke aliʻi kāne hanohano a maikaʻi hoʻi.
When Aiwohikupua and his party reached Poliahu's party the princess was more than delighted with the music from the dancers accompanying the chief's canoe and .she praised his splendid appearance; it was beautiful.
Ua ʻike i nā mea nui, nā mea liʻiliʻi , nā kāne, nā wāhine, nā kaukaualiʻi kāne, nā kaukaualiʻi wahine, ka nīʻaupiʻo, ke ohi.
I have seen the high and the low, men and women; low chiefs, the kaukaualii, men and women; high chiefs, the niaupio, and the ohi;
Ch.31 p.169 para.3 sent.5
A ʻo Kahalaomāpuana hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i huhuki mai ma ke kiliʻoʻopu loloa, huhuki maila ʻo ia ma ka mea liʻiliʻi loa, ʻekolu kapuaʻi paha kona loa, a ʻoki aʻela ʻo ia i ka hapalua o kāna, a hoʻi akula, me ka manaʻo, ʻo kāna kiliʻoʻopu ka pōkole.
and Kahalaomapuana did not pull the tall flowers, she pulled a very short one, about three feet long hers was, and she cut off half and came back, thinking her grass stem was the shortest.
“A hala aʻe ia, a i ka lā ʻo Māhealani, ma ka ʻehu kakahiaka, i ka manawa e keʻehi iho ai nā kukuna o ka lā i ka piko o nā mauna, i ia manawa e ʻike aku ai ko ka ʻāina, he kama kahi ke noho mai ana i loko o ka ʻōnohi o ka lā; he mea like me ke keiki kapu a kuʻu akua.
"When this passes, on the day of full moon, in the dusk of the early morning, at the time when the sun's rays strike the mountain tops, then the earth shall behold a youth sitting within the eye of the sun, one like the taboo child of my god.
ʻĀkoakoa maila nā aliʻi, nā kaukaualiʻi a me nā makaʻāinana a pau e ʻike i ka puka malihini ʻana aku o Kaʻiliokalauokekoa mā e like me ka mea mau .
there were gathered together the high chiefs, the low chiefs, and the country aristocracy as well, to see the strangers who came with Kailiokalauokekoa's party.
Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.1
A pau ke kamaʻilio ʻana a nā aliʻi no kēia mau mea a me ka walea ʻana e like me ka mea mau o ka puka malihini ʻana, a ma hope koke iho o ia mau lā, lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua i kahi o Kauakahialiʻi i kanaka lawelawe i mua o kona alo me ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua, ʻo kēlā wahi kanaka ka mea e loaʻa ai ko ke aliʻi makemake.
The chiefs' reception was ended and the accustomed ceremonies on the arrival of strangers performed. And soon after those days Aiwohikupua took Kauakahialii's man to minister in his presence, thinking that this man would be the means to attain his desire.
Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana.
After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief;
Ch.4 p.23 para.10 sent.1
Ma mua o ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, kauoha ʻia ka poʻe nānā uli o ke aliʻi a me nā kilokilo e nānā i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a me ka moana inā he hiki i ke aliʻi ke hele, a inā he hiki ʻole e like me ka mea mau .
Before the going down of the sun the steersmen and soothsayers were ordered to observe the look of the clouds and the ocean to see whether the chief could go or not on his journey, according to the signs.
Ch.6 p.33 para.2 sent.3
Nānā akula ʻo ia i ke kukū o nā ʻōpua ma ka nānā ʻana i nā ʻōuli o ke ao a like me ka mea mau i ka poʻe kilokilo mai ka wā kahiko mai a hiki i kēia manawa.
he saw long clouds standing against the horizon where the signs in the clouds appear, according to the soothsayers of old days even until now.
Ch.6 p.35 para.3 sent.2
ʻAʻole nō nona kēlā ānuenue, no ka mea, he mea mau nō ia no nā wahi ua a pau, he piʻo nō ke ānuenue.
that is not her rainbow, for rainbows are common to all rainy places.
He mea mau ia, ma ka pō wale nō e kani ai nei mea kani, ʻaʻole e pono ma ke ao,” a no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kaikamahine, kāhāhā loa ihola ʻo Lāʻieikawai me ka manaʻo he wahaheʻe na ke kaikamahine.
and this instrument is a kind that sounds only by night; it will never sound by day."
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
I ia manawa, haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Lāʻieikawai no kā lākou mea i kūkā ai me kona mau kaikuaʻana, ʻī akula, “E ke Aliʻi, ua kūkā mākou i mea nou e maluhia ai.
Then she told Laieikawai what the sisters had agreed upon and said, "O princess, we have consulted together how to protect you,
A ʻike ka mea waʻa he mea kaumaha kēia ʻōlelo a Waka i mua ona, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia i mua o nā malihini, “ʻAʻole oʻu manaʻo e hoʻounauna aku iā ʻolua e kōkua mai iaʻu ma ka hoe pū ʻana i ka waʻa, no ka mea, he mea nui ʻolua naʻu.
The man was displeased at these words of Waka to him. He said to the strangers, "Let me not think of asking you to paddle the canoe; for I hold you to be persons of importance."
Ch.2 p.11 para.2 sent.3
Ua ʻike i nā mea nui , nā mea liʻiliʻi, nā kāne, nā wāhine, nā kaukaualiʻi kāne, nā kaukaualiʻi wahine, ka nīʻaupiʻo, ke ohi.
I have seen the high and the low, men and women; low chiefs, the kaukaualii, men and women; high chiefs, the niaupio, and the ohi;
Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.3
A lilo aʻela ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui , huāhuā maila nā punahele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, akā, he mea ʻole lākou i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo.
As this man became great, jealous grew the former favorites of Aiwohikupua, but this was nothing to the chief.
Ch.4 p.21 para.1 sent.1
Ma hope iho o ka lilo ʻana o ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui i mua o ke aliʻi me he kuhina nui lā, a ʻo ia ka hoa kūkā mau o ke aliʻi ma nā mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke aliʻi me ka manaʻo aku o ka poʻe ʻē, e kūkā ana ma nā mea pili i ka ʻāina a me nā waiwai e like me ka mea mau i ka noho aliʻi ʻana.
After this man had become great before the chief, even his high counsellor, they consulted constantly together about those matters which pleased the chief, while the people thought they discussed the administration of the land and of the substance which pertained to the chief;
Ch.22 p.117 para.5 sent.3
A, i loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi iaʻu ma kēia hope aku, a laila, e hoʻolilo nō wau iā ʻoukou a pau i mau mea nui ma luna oʻu.”
Should fortune come to me hereafter, then I will place you far above myself."
Ch.28 p.151 para.1 sent.1
“Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi.
"If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement,
Ua maikaʻi nā helehelena i ka nānā aku, a no ka maikaʻi o nā helehelena o ua kaikamahine nei, manaʻo ihola ka makuahine, ʻo ke kumu lā hoʻi ia e lilo ai ka ʻōlelo paʻa a Kahauokapaka i mea ʻole ; ola lā hoʻi ua kaikamahine nei.
who was so beautiful to look upon, the mother thought that Kahauokapaka would disregard his vow; this child he would save.
Ch.3 p.19 para.7 sent.3
A lilo aʻela ua wahi kanaka nei i mea nui, huāhuā maila nā punahele mua a ʻAiwohikupua, akā, he mea ʻole lākou i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo.
As this man became great, jealous grew the former favorites of Aiwohikupua, but this was nothing to the chief.
Ch.4 p.27 para.3 sent.3
No laila, ke ʻōlelo paʻa nei wau ʻānō, he hiki iaʻu ke hoʻolilo i kēia ʻaha i mea ʻole i loko o kuʻu lima.”
Now, I promise you, I can turn this crowd into nothing with one hand."
Ch.13 p.70 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ aku ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua makemake nō hoʻi wau inā hoʻi ʻaʻole wau i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e koʻu kupuna wahine, no laila, he mea ʻole koʻu makemake.”
Said Laieikawai, "I like him. too; but I, too, have been set apart by my grandmother, so that my liking is useless."
E hiki nō iā ʻoukou ke hoʻohala i kāna puʻupuʻu ma kona kuʻi ʻana mai i kā ʻoukou kama, a ke noi aku nei wau e hāʻawi mai i ke poʻo o Ihuanu i kuʻu lima i mea pāʻani na koʻu mau hoe waʻa i ʻike ai kēia ʻaha a pau, ʻo wau ke lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia.
by your might turn aside his fists from smiting your child, and I beseech you to give me the head of Ihuanu into my hand to be a plaything for my paddlers, that all this assembly may see that I have power over this uncircumcised one.
I ua makāula nei ma laila, lohe kēia, ʻo Poloʻula ka mea waʻa o Wailua, no ka mea, he aliʻi ia no ia wahi.
While the seer was there he heard that Poloula owned a canoe at Wailua, for he was chief of that place,
Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.2
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa , no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.2 p.7 para.5 sent.1
Hoʻohuli aʻela nā mea waʻa i ka waʻa i hope a holo i Oʻahu nei.
The paddlers turned the canoe around and sailed for Oahu.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa , pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.3
Iā ia e pule ana i loko ona iho, hiki koke maila ka ʻino nui ma luna o lākou a pono ʻole ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa .
As he prayed a great storm came suddenly upon them, and the paddlers were afraid.
A laila, hāpai aʻela ia i wahi ʻōlelo ma ke mele penei:
Then he raised his voice in song, as follows:
Ch.4 p.23 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ akula ke kuhina o ke aliʻi ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana o ke mele ʻana, “He mea kupanaha! ʻAʻole hoʻi āu wahine a kāua e noho nei, akā, i loko o kāu mele e heluhelu nei, me he wahine lā kāu.”
Said the counsellor to the chief, after he had ended his singing, "This is strange! You have had no woman since we two have been living here, yet in your song you chanted as if you had a woman here."
Ch.10 p.53 para.3 sent.1
Iā lākou i haʻalele ai i kahi a nā kaikuahine e noho ana, hea akula ʻo Mailelauliʻi ma hope ma ke mele penei:
As they left the sisters sitting there, Mailelaulii sang a song, as follows:
Ch.10 p.54 para.7 sent.2
Hoʻokoke akula kona mau kaikuahine ma ke awa, a ʻo Kahalaomāpuana ka mea i hele loa aku a paʻa ma hope o nā waʻa, a kāhea aku ma ke mele, penei:
The sisters followed down to the landing, and Kahalaomapuana ran and clung to the back of the canoe and called to them in song, as follows:
Ch.10 p.56 para.2 sent.2
I ia manawa, hoʻopuka akula kona kaikuahine i ʻōlelo hope ma ke mele penei:
Then, for the last time she spoke to her brother in a song, as follows:
Ch.18 p.93 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, hāpai aʻela ʻo Hinaikamalama he wahi mele:
I loko o kāu pule ʻana, ua hiki iaʻu ke kuhikuhi e loaʻa nō ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā ʻoe ma waena o Puna a me Hilo i loko o ka ulu lāʻau e noho ana i loko o ka hale i uhi ʻia i nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
Your prayers have moved me to show you that Laieikawai dwells between Puna and Hilo in the midst of the forest, in a house made of the yellow feathers of the oo bird '";
Ch.6 p.36 para.4 sent.1
A hala ka mahina ʻai, ʻike akula lāua i ka hale o Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia me nā hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke akua i ka makāula ma ka hihiʻo i luna o Kaʻuiki.
The garden patch passed, they beheld Laieikawai's house covered with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, as the see had seen in his vision from the god on Kauwiki.
Ch.8 p.43 para.2 sent.5
ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike aku iā Lāʻieikawai, akā, ʻo ka hale kaʻu i ʻike maka aku ai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o nā manu ʻōʻō, no laila, manaʻo nō au ʻaʻole e loaʻa, hoʻi ʻokoʻa mai nei me ka nele.
I did not see Laieikawai, but my eyes beheld her house thatched with the yellow feathers of the oo bird, so I thought I could not win her and came back here unsuccessful.
Ch.28 p.154 para.1 sent.6
I nānā aku ka hana i ka hale o ua ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ua uhi ʻia mai i ka hulu melemele o ka ʻōʻō.
and looked at the workmanship of Laieikawai's house, inwrought with the yellow feathers of the oo bird.
“Inā i uē ʻolua, a i pau ka uē ʻana a i nīnau mai iā ʻoe i ke kapa ona aʻu i lawe mai ai, a laila, haʻi aku ʻoe, aia iā ʻoe, a e hilahila kēlā me ka menemene iā ʻoe i ko haumia ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole āna mea nui ʻē aʻe e uku mai ai no kou haumia i kona kapa i hoʻohaumia ʻia i kona maʻi.
"If you two weep and cease weeping and she asks you if I have taken her clothes, then tell her you have them, and she will be ashamed and shrink from you because she has defiled you; then she will have nothing great enough to recompense you for your defilement,
Ch.28 p.151 para.6 sent.1
“Auē! E kuʻu Haku, he nui kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe i kou mālama ʻana i ke kapa i haumia iaʻu, a he aha lā auaneʻi ka uku o kuʻu menemene iā ʻoe, e kuʻu Haku?”
"Alas! my ruler. I shrink with fear of evil for you, because you have guarded my skirt that was polluted; what recompense is there for the evil I fear for you, my ruler? "
Ma kēia huakaʻi kaʻapuni a ke aliʻi, ma Kaʻū mua, ma Kona, a hiki lākou ma Kaiʻōpae i Kohala, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau mai Kawaihae mai, ʻaneʻane ʻelima mile ka lōʻihi mai Kawaihae aʻe, ma laila lākou i noho ai i kekahi mau lā, no ka mea, ua makemake ihola ke aliʻi wahine e hōʻoluʻolu ma laila.
On the princess's journey around Hawaii they went first to Kau, then Kona, until they reached Kaiopae in Kohala, on the right-hand side of Kawaihae, about five miles distant; there they stayed several days for the princess to rest.
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
Ch.5 p.30 para.3 sent.3
No laila, ke ʻōlelo nei wau i kēia, he hiki i kuʻu akua ke hāʻawi mai iaʻu e lanakila ma luna o kēia kanaka, a e hoʻolilo aʻe kuʻu akua i ke poʻo o ko ʻoukou ikaika i mea milimili na kuʻu mau hoe waʻa.”
for I say to him, my god can give me victory over this man, and my god will deliver the head of this mighty one to be a plaything for my paddlers."
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.3
E nā akua o kuʻu aliʻi, kuʻu milimili, kuʻu ʻihi kapu, ka mea nāna e kālua kēia mau iwi.
O gods of my chief, my beloved, my sacred taboo chief, who will bury these bones!
Ch.32 p.174 para.4 sent.3
ʻAʻole naʻe no ke kāʻili loa mai, akā, i mea e hoʻomāmā aʻe ai i koʻu naʻau kaumaha i ke kuko i kāu milimili, no ka mea, ua noi mua aku wau i ua milimili lā āu i kuʻu makemake, akā, ua kuhikuhi mai kēlā nāu e ʻae aku.
not to take her away altogether, but to ease my heavy heart of its lust after your foster child; for I first begged my boon of her, but she sent me for your consent,
Ch.32 p.174 para.5 sent.2
He mea pono nou e komo aku ʻoe me kaʻu milimili, no ka mea, ua ʻike au i koʻu pōmaikaʻi ʻole no kaʻu mea i luahi ai.
it is well for you to go in to my foster child; for no good has come to me from my charge.
ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking;
Ch.4 p.21 para.5 sent.1
I loko o ia ala ʻana aʻe, aia hoʻi, he mea minamina loa i ke aliʻi i kona ʻike ʻana iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane, no ka mea, ua ala ʻē mai ka hiamoe o ke aliʻi.
he sorrowed after the vision of Laieikawai, because he had awakened so soon out of sleep;
Ch.4 p.21 para.10 sent.4
Hiamoe ʻole loko i ka minamina,
Wakeful — sleepless with heart longing,
Ch.14 p.74 para.3 sent.3
A laila, ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai iā Hauaʻiliki, “E hoʻi ʻoe ʻānō i kēia manawa, no ka mea, ua waiho ʻia ka make a me ke ola i koʻu mau kiaʻi, a no laila, ke minamina nei wau iā ʻoe.
Then Laieikawai spoke softly to Hauailiki, "Go away now, for death and life have been left with my guardians, and therefore I pity you;
Ch.24 p.127 para.7 sent.3
A laila, e lawe aku ʻoe iaʻu i ka lua me ko minamina ʻole.
then take me to my grave without pity.
Ch.25 p.131 para.1 sent.1
ʻĪ maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai, “Ua ʻae nō wau e hoʻopau i koʻu kaumaha hilahila, a hoʻokahi aʻu mea ʻae ʻole, ʻo kuʻu lilo ʻana i wahine na ko kākou kaikunāne, no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a inā paha e hoʻāo māua, pehea lā wau e ʻike hou ai iā ʻoukou, no ka mea, he aliʻi kapu kēlā, a ʻo ia kaʻu mea minamina loa, ʻo ko kākou launa pū ʻana.”
Said Laieikawai, "Indeed I would consent to ease my burden of shame, only one thing I will not consent to — my becoming your brother's wife; for you say he is a taboo chief, and if we should be united, I should not see you again, so high a chief is he, and this I should regret exceedingly, our friendship together."
Ch.31 p.169 para.1 sent.2
Akā, ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻae aku e hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani, no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku kona minamina i ka hanohano mau i loaʻa iā ia ma mua o ka hoʻi ʻana i Keʻalohilani.
But Kahalaomapuana would not consent to return to Kealohilani, for she cared more for her former post of honor than to return to Kealohilani.
I ka manawa i lawe ai ʻo Kahauokapaka iā Mālaekahana i wahine male nāna (hoʻāo), ma hope iho o ko lāua hoʻāo ʻana, haʻi mua ʻo Kahauokapaka i kāna ʻōlelo paʻa i mua o kāna wahine, ʻo lāua wale nō ma ke kaʻawale, ʻoiai i loko o ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu, a eia ua ʻōlelo paʻa lā, “E kuʻu wahine, he nani ia ua male aʻe nei kāua, a no laila, ke haʻi nei au i kuʻu ʻōlelo paʻa iā ʻoe.
At the time when Kahauokapaka took Malaekahana to wife, after their union, during those moments of bliss when they had just parted from the first embrace, Kahauokapaka declared his vow to his wife, and this was the vow: My wife, since we are married, therefore I will tell you my vow:
Ch.13 p.69 para.8 sent.2
I nā kamaʻāina e ʻākoakoa ana ma kūlana heʻe nalu, wehe aʻela ʻo Hauaʻiliki i kona ʻaʻahu kapa, hopu ihola i kona papa heʻe nalu (he olo) a hele akula a ma kahi e kūpono ana iā Lāʻieikawai mā, kū ihola ʻo ia no kekahi mau minuke.
While the people were gathering for surfing, Hauailiki undid his garment, got his surf board, of the kind made out of a thick piece of wili wili wood, went directly to the place where Laieikawai's party sat, and stood there for some minutes;
Ch.13 p.70 para.3 sent.1
A pau ko Hauaʻiliki mau minuke hoʻokahakaha, lele akula ua ʻo Hauaʻiliki me kona papa heʻe nalu i ke kai a ʻau akula a kūlana nalu.
When Hauailiki had showed himself off for some minutes, Hauailiki leaped with his surf board into the sea and swam out into the breakers.
Ch.30 p.163 para.10 sent.3
Ma laila i hōʻoiaʻiʻo ai lāua i ko lāua mau minuke ʻoluʻolu.
there they took in pledge their moments of bliss.
Ch.31 p.168 para.3 sent.3
Hoʻokahi paha minuke e lele aku ai ke kuko mai ona aku, a laila, pili maila nō.
for perhaps a minute the lust flew from him, then it clung to him once more.
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
Ch.2 p.8 para.4 sent.1
A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā mea waʻa, “Ua uluhua māua no kou hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau o ko wahi puaʻa a me ke kani mau a ko wahi moa, no laila, kulikuli.
Then the men said: '"We two wearied of your constant sleeping and the pig's squealing and the cock's crowing; there was such a noise;
Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.1
Piʻi akula lāua i loko o nā ulu lāʻau loloa, i ka hihia paʻa o ka nāhelehele me ka luhi a hiki lāua ma kahi e kokoke ana i Paliuli, lohe lāua i ka leo o ka moa.
They made way with difficulty through high forest trees and thickets of tangled brush, until, at a place close to Paliuli, they heard the crow of a cock.
Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.3
Hoʻomau akula nō lāua i ka piʻi a lohe hou lāua i ka leo o ka moa (ʻo ka moa kualua ia).
They went on climbing, and heard a second time the cock crow (the cock's second crow this).
Ch.6 p.36 para.1 sent.6
Aia ke kupuna wahine o Lāʻieikawai ke hōʻuluʻulu maila i nā moa e like me kāna hana mau.”
there is Laieikawai's grandmother calling together the chickens as usual."
Ch.25 p.131 para.8 sent.5
I loko naʻe o ko ka makāula hoʻi ʻana, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i haʻalele i kāna mau mea i lawe mai ai mai Kauaʻi mai (ʻo ia ka puaʻa a me ka moa).
On his return, he did not leave the offerings which he had brought from Kauai thither, the pig and the cock.
Ala aʻela ʻo ia, a lālau akula i ka puaʻa a me ka moa, a hahau akula i mua o Lāʻieikawai, me ka ʻōlelo aku, “Pōmaikaʻi wau, e kuʻu Haku, i ka hōʻike ʻana mai a kuʻu akua iā ʻoe, no ka mea, he nui koʻu manawa i ukali aku ai iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo, e loaʻa ka pōmaikaʻi maiā ʻoe mai.
he arose and brought the pig and the cock and held them out to Laieikawai, saying, "Blessed
am I, my mistress, that my god has shown you to me, for long have I followed you to win a blessing from you.
Iā Ihuanu naʻe e ʻōlelo kaena ana iā ia iho i mua o kona mau hoa no kona lanakila ma luna o ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, oi maila ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a kokoke iki ma ke alo o Ihuanu, ʻūpoʻipoʻi aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau lima ma ka poʻohiwi, me he moa kāne lā e hoʻomākaukau ana no ke kani ʻana, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā Ihuanu, “E Ihuanu!
While Cold-nose was boasting to his backers how he would overcome Aiwohikupua, then Aiwohikupua moved up and cocked his eye at Cold-nose, flapped with his arms against his side like a cock getting ready to crow, and said to Cold-nose, "Here, Cold-nose!
Ma mua aʻe naʻe o ko ka makāula holo ʻana mai, ua hoʻomākaukau mua ʻo ia hoʻokahi puaʻa hiwa, he moa lawa a me ka iʻa ʻula.
Before the seer sailed, he first got ready a black pig, a white fowl, and a red fish.
Ch.6 p.34 para.1 sent.3
A no ka ʻike ʻana o ka makāula i kēlā hōʻailona, kū aʻela ʻo ia a hopu he wahi puaʻa, he moa lawa , me ka pū ʻawa e hoʻomākaukau ana no ka hiki mai o ʻAiwohikupua.
When the prophet saw that sign he arose and caught a little pig and a black cock, and pulled a bundle of awa root to prepare for Aiwohikupua's coming.
Ch.6 p.34 para.5 sent.4
Eia ka puaʻa, ka moa lawa , ka ʻawa, he makana, he mōhai, he kānaenae i ke aliʻi na kā ʻoukou kauā nei.
Here is a pig, a black cock, awa, a priest, a sacrifice, an offering to the chief from your servant here;
Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine.
Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth.
Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.2
Kau akula ʻo ia ma luna o ka waʻa a holo akula a like a like o ka moana, loaʻa ka manaʻo ʻino i nā mea waʻa, no ka mea, ua uluhua lāua i ua makāula nei no ka hiamoe a me ka ʻalalā mau ʻana o kahi puaʻa a ʻoʻoʻō mau nō hoʻi o kahi moa.
He went on board the canoe and had sailed half the distance, when the paddlers grew vexed because the prophet did nothing but sleep, while the pig squealed and the cock crowed.
Ch.2 p.8 para.1 sent.2
I ia manawa, nalu ihola ka makāula i ke kumu o kēia hoʻi hou ʻana o ka waʻa, akā hoʻi, no ko ia nei makemake e ʻike maopopo i ka hana a nā mea waʻa, pule akula ʻo ia i kona akua iā Kūikaʻueke e hoʻoili mai i ka ʻino nui ma luna o ka moana.
Then the seer asked himself the reason. But just to see for himself what the canoe men were doing, he prayed to his god, to Kuikauweke, to bring a great tempest over the ocean.
Ch.2 p.8 para.8 sent.3
Aia naʻe ma laila kahi i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia a me kona kupuna wahine e like me ke kauoha mau a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo, no ka mea, i ka makāula e holo mai ana ma ka moana, ua ʻike mua ʻē aku ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i ka makāula a me kāna mau hana, no laila ʻo ia i ʻōlelo mau ai iā Waka ma ka hihiʻo e ʻāhaʻi mua iā Lāʻieikawai ma kahi hiki ʻole ke loaʻa.
there, in truth, was Laieikawai hidden, she and her grandmother, as Kapukaihaoa had commanded Waka in the vision. For as the seer was sailing over the ocean, Kapukaihaoa had fore-knowledge of what the prophet was doing, therefore he told Waka in a vision to carry Laieikawai away where she could not be found.
Ch.3 p.13 para.4 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai mā i haʻalele ai iā Kalaeloa i ia kakahiaka, ala aʻela ka makāula, e kū ana ka pūnohu i ka moana a me ka uakoko, aia naʻe, ua uhi paʻapū ʻia ka moana e ka noe a me ke ʻawa ma waena o Molokaʻi a me Lānaʻi.
After Laieikawai and her companion had left Kalaeloa, at daybreak, the seer arose and saw that clouds and falling rain obscured the sea between Molokai and Lanai with a thick veil of fog and mist.
ʻEkolu mau lā o ka uhi paʻapū ʻana o kēia noe i ka moana, a i ka ʻehā o ko ka makāula mau lā ma Kaʻamola i ke kakahiaka nui, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e kū ana ka ʻōnohi i luna pono o Maunalei, akā, ua nui loa ka minamina o ka makāula no ka hālāwai ʻole me kāna mea e ʻimi nei.
Three days the veil of mist hid the sea, and on the fourth day of the seer's stay at Kaamola, in the very early morning, he saw an end of the rainbow standing right above Maunalei. Now the seer regretted deeply not finding the person he was seeking;
Moanalihaikawaokele (34)
Ch.27 p.143 para.14 sent.1
Haʻi akula kēia, “ʻO Kahalaomāpuana, ke kaikamahine muli a Moanalihaikawaokele lāua me Laukieleʻula.”
She told them, "Kahalaomapuana, the youngest daughter of Moanalihaikawaokele and Laukieleula."
Ch.27 p.145 para.5 sent.1
I ia manawa, aʻoaʻo akula ʻo Kāʻeloikamalama, “Eia ko alanui i piʻi auaneʻi ʻoe i hiki i luna, a i ʻike ʻoe hoʻokahi hale e kū ana i loko o ka mahina, aia i laila ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele.
Then Kaeloikamalama instructed her, saying, "Here is your way, ascend to the top, and you will see a house standing alone in a garden patch; there is Moanalihaikawaokele;
Ch.27 p.145 para.6 sent.1
“I nānā aku auaneʻi ʻoe, ka ʻelemakule e loloa ana ka lauoho, ua hina ke poʻo, ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele nō ia.
"When you see an old man with long gray hair, that is Moanalihaikawaokele;
Ch.27 p.145 para.7 sent.4
“E Moanalihaikawaokele ē!
"O Moanalihaikawaokele — O!
Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.1
ʻIke akula ʻo ia i kēia hale nui e kū ana, ua pō ihola, hele akula ʻo ia ma ka lulu, aia nō e ala mai ana ʻo Moanalihaikawaokele.
She saw the big house standing, it was then night. She approached to the leeward; lo! Moanalihaikawaokele was still awake;
Ch.27 p.146 para.4 sent.3
ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa ka hiamoe iā Moanalihaikawaokele.
A ma ka wanaʻao, hele akula kēia, i luna ke alo o Moanalihaikawaokele, manaʻo aʻela kēia ua hiamoe.
When at dawn she went, Moanalihaikawaokele's face was turned upwards, she knew he was asleep;
Moaʻulanuiākea (5)
Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2
No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.”
Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."
Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.1
No ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua no Moaʻulanuiākea ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia kona mea i manaʻo ai e kiʻi i wahine nāna, no ka mea, ma mua aku o kona lohe ʻana i kēia mau mea, ua ʻōlelo paʻa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male nāna.
Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to wife;
Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.2
Ua ʻōlelo ʻo ia, aia kāna wāhine makemake no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.
he said that he wanted a woman of Moaulanuiakea.
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.5
Inā no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea kahi o nā wāhine ʻoluʻolu aʻu i lohe ai, a laila, ʻo kaʻu wahine makemake ia, inā i kiʻi ʻia mai wau ma nā ʻano ʻelua.”
even from Moaulanuiakea, a place of kind women, I have heard; so that is the sort of woman I desire to marry."
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1
“A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea?
"As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea?
Ua noho ua makāula nei ma ke kaʻe o kēlā luawai a moe ʻo ia ma laila a ao ia pō.
The seer remained at the edge of the pool, and slept there until morning.
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.5
Piʻi loa akula ʻo ia a hiki i Kamaoha, a ma laila ʻo ia i moe ai a ao ia pō; ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike i kāna mea i ukali mai ai.
ascended Kamaoha, and there slept over night; but did not see the sign he sought.
Ch.2 p.7 para.4 sent.1
A no kēia mea, kūnou akula ka mea ma hope o ka waʻa i ke kanaka i luna o kua ʻiako e hoʻi hou ka waʻa i hope a hoʻonoho hou i ka makāula i Oʻahu nei, a ua like ka manaʻo o nā mea waʻa ma ia mea e hoʻihoʻi hope ka waʻa; e moe ana naʻe ka makāula i ia manawa.
So the paddler in front signed to the one at the rear to turn the canoe around and take the seer back as he slept.
Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.1
I ia manawa, hoʻāla aʻela nā mea waʻa iā ia nei, “E kēia kanaka e moe nei!
Then they awoke him: "O you fellow asleep,
Ch.2 p.8 para.2 sent.4
ʻO ia nō ka moe a nei kanaka lā o uka,” a laila, ala aʻela ua makāula nei; e hoʻoiho ana ka waʻa i Oʻahu nei.
The man sleeps as if he were ashore." When the seer arose, the canoe was making for Oahu.
A ʻona ihola ʻo ʻAiwohikupua, a laila, hāliu pono akula ʻo ia ma kahi a Kauakahialiʻi e noho mai ana, ʻōlelo akula, “E Kauakahialiʻi ē, iā ʻoe nō e kamaʻilio ana iā mākou no Lāʻieikawai, komo koke ihola i loko oʻu ka makemake no kēlā wahine, no laila, moe ʻino koʻu mau pō e ake e ʻike.
While under the influence of the awa, Aiwohikupua turned right around upon Kanakahialii, who was sitting near, and said: "O Kanakahialii, when you were talking to us about Laieikawai, straightway there entered into me desire after that woman; then sleepless were my nights with the wish to sec her;
I kēlā lā a ka makāula i hiki ai ma Waikolu, i ia pō iho, hiki mua ke kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane.
On the day when the seer went to Waikolu, the same night, came the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream,
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.2
A puoho aʻela ʻo ia, he moeʻuhane, a laila, hoʻāla akula ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona kupuna wahine.
and when she awoke, it was a dream. Then Laieikawai roused her grandmother,
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4
Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai.
The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli;
Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, ala naʻe lā lāua i ka wanaʻao a hele akula e like me ke kuhikuhi a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā lāua ma ka moeʻuhane.
Then they both arose at dawn and went as they had both been directed by Kapukaihaoa in a vision.
Ch.3 p.13 para.3 sent.1
I kēlā pō a ka makāula e moe ai i Kaʻamola, aia hoʻi, ua hiki ka ʻōlelo kauoha a Kapūkaʻihaoa iā Lāʻieikawai ma ka moeʻuhane e like me ke kuhikuhi iā lāua i loko o ko lāua mau lā ma Malelewaʻa.
That night, while the seer was sleeping at Kaamola, then came
the command of Kapukaihaoa to Laieikawai in a dream, just as he had directed them at Malelewaa.
Ch.3 p.18 para.1 sent.1
Ma nā helu mua o kēia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou na Kapūkaʻihaoa i kauoha iā Waka ma ka moeʻuhane e hoʻihoʻi iā Lāʻieikawai i Paliuli ma muli o ka ʻike a ka makāula.
In the first part of the story we saw that Kapukaihaoa commanded Waka in a dream to take Laieikawai to Paliuli, as the seer saw.
(E like paha me ka ʻike ʻana i ke kalaunu mōʻī o kēlā aliʻi kēia aliʻi ke hiki mai iā kākou nei, pēlā paha ka maopopo ʻana o ko ʻAiwohikupua pūnohu i ike ʻia e ua makāula nei.)
perhaps as we recognize the crown of any chief
Ch.30 p.166 para.9 sent.1
A pau ka hoʻopaʻi a ke aliʻi no nā ʻenemi, hoʻonoho aʻela ke aliʻi o luna iā Kahalaomāpuana i mōʻī, a hoʻonoho pākahi akula i nā kaikuahine ona ma nā mokupuni.
When the chief had avenged them upon their enemies, the chief placed Kahalaomapuana as ruler over them and stationed his other sisters over separate islands.
Ch.32 p.173 para.1 sent.1
A lilo aʻela ʻo Kekalukaluokēwā i poʻo kiʻekiʻe ma ke aupuni, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Kaʻōnohiokalā iā Kekalukaluokēwā e hele e kaʻapuni ma nā mokupuni a pau e lawelawe i kāna ʻoihana mōʻī, a hoʻonoho ihola iā Lāʻielohelohe ma ko Kekalukaluokēwā wahi ma ke ʻano hope mōʻī.
When Kekalukaluokewa became head over the group, then Kaonohiokala sent him to make a tour of the islands and perform the functions of a ruler, and he put Laielohelohe in Kekalukaluokewa's place as his substitute.
Mōkapu (1)
Ch.4 p.24 para.1 sent.3
I ia wanaʻao, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi, hiki mua lākou i Mōkapu, a ma laila lākou i noho ai he ʻumi lā, no ka mea, ua loʻohia lākou i ka ʻino; hiki ʻole ke holo i Molokaʻi.
In the early morning they left this place and went first to Mokapu and stayed there ten days, for they were delayed by a storm and could not go to Molokai.
A hiki kēia i Kalaupapa, aia hoʻi, he ʻaha mokomoko e ʻākoakoa ana.
When he reached Kalaupapa, behold! a company had assembled for boxing;
Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.1
A hiki lākou i ke awa pae waʻa ma Kauhola, nīnau akula ke aliʻi i ke kumu o ka ʻākoakoa lehulehu ʻana o nā kānaka, a laila, haʻi maila nā kamaʻāina he ʻaha mokomoko ke kumu o ia lehulehu ʻana.
When they had come close in to the landing at Kauhola the chief asked why the crowd was gathering; then a native of the place said they were coming together for a boxing match.
Ch.4 p.26 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, ʻōkalakala koke aʻela ʻo ʻAiwohikupua e hele e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻaha mokomoko.
At once Aiwohikupua trembled with eagerness to go and see the boxing match;
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.1
A hiki lākou i Hinakahua i ke kahua mokomoko, i ia manawa, ʻike maila ka ʻaha mokomoko i ke keiki Kauaʻi no ka ʻoi o kona kanaka maikaʻi ma mua o nā keiki kamaʻāina, a lilo ihola ka ʻaha i mea haunaele.
When they came to Hinakahua, where the field was cleared for boxing, the crowd saw that the youth from Kauai surpassed in beauty all the natives of the place, and they raised a tumult.
Ch.4 p.26 para.4 sent.2
Ma hope iho o kēia haunaele ʻana, hoʻomaka hou ka hoʻonoho o ke kahua mokomoko.
After the excitement the boxing field again settled into order;
Ch.4 p.26 para.5 sent.1
Iā ʻAiwohikupua naʻe e kū ana ma kona wahi, puka maila ʻo Ihuanu a kū i waena o ke kahua mokomoko e hōʻike ana iā ia iho i mua o ke anaina, a kāhea maila me ka leo nui, “ʻO wai ka mea ma kēlā aoʻao mai e hele mai e mokomoko?”
As Aiwohikupua stood there, Cold-nose entered the open space and stood in the midst to show himself off to the crowd, and he called out in a loud voice: "What man on that side will come and box?"
A ʻike maila ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ke kahua mokomoko i ka ʻoi ʻana o ka ikaika o ʻAiwohikupua no ka make loa ʻana o ke kanaka ma ke pale wale ʻana nō, i ia manawa, hele maila kekahi mau pūʻali o Ihuanu a ʻōlelo maila iā Ihuanu penei, “E Ihuanu ē!
When all the players on the boxing field saw how strong Aiwohikupua was to kill the man with just a push; Then Cold-nose's backers went to him and said: "Here, Cold-nose,
Haʻi aku lāua, “Lele aku nei māua a loaʻa he mokuʻāina.
Said they, "We flew past an island,
Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.2
Lele hou aku nō a he wahi mokuʻāina lōʻihi, ma laila aku māua, a he mokuʻāina nui e like ka moku i loaʻa mua iā māua.
flew on to some long islands — a large island like the one we first passed,
Ch.17 p.88 para.9 sent.3
ʻElua naʻe mau moku liʻiliʻi iho e like me kahi moku lōʻihi, a he wahi mokuʻāina ʻuʻuku loa iho.
two little islands like one long island, and a very little island;
Mokukelekahiki (18)
Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.1
Iā lāua i hiki aku ai, ʻaʻole lāua i ʻike iā Mokukelekahiki, ke kiaʻi nāna e mālama ko Kaʻōnohiokalā waiwai, kona kuhina nui hoʻi i loko o Keʻalohilani.
When they arrived they did not see Mokukelekahiki, the guard who watches over Kaonohiokala's wealth, his chief counsellor in The Shining Heavens;
Ch.27 p.141 para.3 sent.2
ʻElua anahulu ko lāua kali ʻana, hoʻi mai ʻo Mokukelekahiki mai ka mahina mai.
twice ten days they waited for Mokukelekahiki to return from his garden patch.
Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.1
Hoʻi maila ʻo Mokukelekahiki, e moe ana kēia moʻo i loko ka hale.
Mokukelekahiki returned while the lizard was asleep inside the house;
Ch.27 p.141 para.4 sent.2
I ke poʻo nō, piha ʻo loko o ua hale nui nei o Mokukelekahiki.
the head alone filled that great house of Mokukelekahiki's,
Ch.27 p.141 para.5 sent.1
He mea weliweli iā Mokukelekahiki ka ʻike ʻana i ua moʻo nei, lele akula ʻo ia a hiki i luna o Nuʻumealani.
A terrible sight to Mokukelekahiki to see that lizard; he flew away up to Nuumealani, [the Raised Place in the Heavens;]
Ch.27 p.143 para.1 sent.1
Haʻi akula ʻo Mokukelekahiki iā Kāʻeloikamalama i kona ʻike ʻana i ka moʻo.
Mokukelekahiki told Kaeloikamalama how he had seen the lizard.
Ua mokumokuāhua ka manawa o ke aliʻi i ke aloha i kāna kauā, no ka mea, ua lōʻihi ka manawa o ka nalo ʻana, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i ike ʻia ka manawa i nalo ai.
and his heart yearned with love toward him, for he had been gone a long while; he could not tell how long it was since he had seen him.
Ch.22 p.115 para.4 sent.1
A mākaukau ka hale, iho akula ʻo Waka e hālāwai kino me Kekalukaluokēwā, no ka mea, ua mokumokuāhua kona manawa i ke aloha iā Kekalukaluokēwā.
When the house was ready, Waka went herself to meet Kekalukaluokewa in person, for her heart yearned with love for Kekalukaluokewa.
(Ma ka mokuna ʻelima o keia kaʻao, ua ʻike kākou ua hiki aku ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ma Laupāhoehoe.
In Chapter V of this story we have seen how Aiwohikupua got to Laupahoehoe.
Ch.6 p.35 para.1 sent.1
Haʻi akula ke kauā e like me kā kākou heluhelu ʻana ma nā mokuna mua.
The servant, told him all that we have read about in former chapters.
Ch.11 p.57 para.5 sent.2
A hui aʻela lākou me ko lākou kaikaina, a haʻi akula ʻo ia i kāna hana a me ke kumu o kona hoʻi ʻana mai e like me ka mea i ʻōlelo mua ʻia aʻe nei ma kēia mokuna.
They crowded about their younger sister, and she told them what had happened to her and why she had returned, as has been told in the chapter before.
Ch.12 p.66 para.6 sent.1
(Ma ʻaneʻi, e ka mea heluhelu, e waiho i ke kamaʻilio ʻana no nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua, a ma ka mokuna ʻumikumamākolu o kēia kaʻao, e kamaʻilio hou no ʻAiwohikupua no kona hoʻi ʻana i Kauaʻi).
(Here, O reader, we leave speaking of the sisters of Aiwohikupua, and in Chapter XIII of this tale will speak again of Aiwohikupua and his coming to Kauai.)
Ch.14 p.71 para.4 sent.2
A hala ʻelima nalu, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hea mai a Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, no laila, he mea kaumaha loa ia iā Hauaʻiliki ka maliu ʻole mai o Lāʻieikawai iā ia nei, a he mea hilahila nui loa hoʻi nona, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo kaena mua kēlā iā ʻAiwohikupua e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma nā mokuna ma mua aʻe, a no kēia mea, lana mālie ihola ʻo ia ma kūlana nalu.
until five breakers had come in; no summons came to him from Laieikawai. Then Hauailiki was heavy-hearted because Laieikawai took no notice of him, and he felt ashamed because of his boast to Aiwohikupua, as we have seen in the last chapter. So he floated gently on the waves,
Ch.17 p.88 para.1 sent.1
A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike
And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief.
Kaʻahele au ma Kona, Kaʻū, a hiki au i Keaʻau a ma Puna, a ma laila wau i noho ai, a ma laila wau i hālāwai ai me kekahi wahine maikaʻi i ʻoi aku ma mua o ia nei (Kaʻiliokalauokekoa), a ʻo ka ʻoi nō hoʻi i ia manawa o nā wāhine maikaʻi o kēia mau mokupuni a pau.”
went on to Kona, Kau, and came to Keaau, in Puna, and there I tarried, and there I met another woman surpassingly beautiful, more so than this woman here (Kailiokalauokekoa), more than all the beauties of this whole group of islands."
Ch.3 p.19 para.5 sent.2
No laila, haʻi aku ʻo ia i kāna ʻōlelo i mua o Kauakahialiʻi, “Ke haʻohaʻo nei wau i kēia wahine, no ka mea, ʻo wau ka mea nāna i kaʻapuni kēia mau mokupuni, ʻaʻole wau i ʻike i kekahi wahine e kau mai i luna o ka ʻēheu o nā manu, me he mea lā, no Kūkulu o Tahiti mai ia wahine, no loko o Moaʻulanuiākea.”
Then he said to Kauakahialii: "I marvel what this woman may be, for I am a man who has made the whole circuit of the islands, but I never saw any woman resting on the wings of birds. It may be she is come hither from the borders of Tahiti, from within Moaulanuiakea."
Ch.3 p.19 para.6 sent.1
No ka manaʻo o ʻAiwohikupua no Moaʻulanuiākea ʻo Lāʻieikawai, ʻo ia kona mea i manaʻo ai e kiʻi i wahine nāna, no ka mea, ma mua aku o kona lohe ʻana i kēia mau mea, ua ʻōlelo paʻa ʻo ʻAiwohikupua ʻaʻole e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male nāna.
Since Aiwohikupua thought Laieikawai must be from Moaulanuiakea, he determined to get her for his wife. For before he had heard all this story Aiwohikupua had vowed not to take any woman of these islands to wife;
Ch.4 p.21 para.2 sent.2
Mai kēia lā aku a hiki i koʻu mau lā hope, ʻaʻole loa ana wau e lawe i kekahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine male naʻu mai Kauaʻi nei a hala loa i Hawaiʻi.
From this day until my last I will take no woman of all these islands to be my wife, even from Kauai unto Hawaii,
Ch.7 p.38 para.6 sent.1
“A no kāu noi, e ke Aliʻi,” wahi a Poliʻahu, “e lawe wau iā ʻoe i kāne naʻu, a no laila, ke haʻi aku nei wau iā ʻoe me ka nīnau aku, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ʻoe ke aliʻi i kū i luna a hoʻohiki ma ka inoa o kou mau akua ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe i hoʻokahi wahine o kēia mau mokupuni mai Hawaiʻi nei a Kauaʻi; aia kāu wahine lawe no loko mai o Moaʻulanuiākea?
"As to what the chief desires of me," said Poliahu. "I will take you for my husband; and now let me ask you, are you not the chief who stood up and vowed in the name of your gods not to take any woman of these islands from Hawaii to Kauai to wife — only a woman who conies from Moaulanuiakea?
A loaʻa kona hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia i mua o kona akua me ke kala ʻia o kona hala hoʻohiki, “ʻAʻole e lawe i kekahi o nā wāhine o kēia mau mokupuni i wahine hoʻāo,” e like me nā mea i hōʻike
And he obtained favor in the presence of his god, and was released from his sinful vow "not to take any woman of these islands to wife," as has been shown in the former chapters of this story. After the ceremonies at Kauai, he sent his messengers, the Snipe
and the Turnstone, to go and announce before Poliahu the demands
of the chief.
Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka.
Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again.
Ch.1 p.6 para.4 sent.2
I ia kakahiaka ʻana aʻe, i ka manawa mōlehulehu, ala aʻela ʻo ia, ʻike akula kēlā i ka piʻo a ke ānuenue i uka o Kūkaniloko.
At daybreak, when it was dawn, he arose, saw the sign of the rainbow above Kukaniloko,
Ch.15 p.79 para.1 sent.2
Akā, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i ʻike i ka weliweli o ia pahu kapu, no ka mea, e mōlehulehu ana nō.
but they could not see in the dark how terrible it was.
Ch.28 p.154 para.5 sent.1
“Ma ia hope iho, hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou, a i kuʻi ka hekili, ua ka ua, kaikoʻo ka moana, he waikahe ma ka ʻāina, ʻōlapa ka uila, uhi ka noe, piʻo ke ānuenue, kū ka pūnohu i ka moana, hoʻokahi malama e poʻi ai ka ʻino a mao aʻe, aia wau ma ke kua o nā mauna i ka wā mōlehulehu o ke kakahiaka.
"After this, hearken, and when the thunder rolls, the rain pours down, the ocean swells, the land is flooded, the lightning flashes, a mist overhangs, a rainbow arches, a colored cloud rises on the ocean, for one month bad weather closes down, when the storm clears, there I am behind the mountain in the shadow of the dawn.
Ch.33 p.177 para.3 sent.2
A mōlehulehu, hiki akula lākou i Honokalani, a laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Lāʻielohelohe i ke kamaʻāina e hele aku e nānā i ka noho ʻana o nā aliʻi.
and at dusk reached Honokalani; there Laielohelohe sent the natives to see where the
chiefs were staying.
Molokaʻi (21)
Ch.2 p.7 para.1 sent.1
A nele ka makāula i ka ʻike i kāna mea e ukali nei, haʻalele kēia iā Kamaoha, hiki kēia i luna pono o Kaʻala, a ma laila ʻo ia i ʻike ai, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Molokaʻi.
When the seer failed to see the sign which he was following he left Kamaoha, climbed clear to the top of Kaala, and there saw the rainbow arching over Molokai.
Ch.2 p.7 para.2 sent.1
I ka lā a ua makāula nei i haʻalele ai iā Kaʻala, hiki mua aku ʻo ia i luna o Kuamoʻokāne, aia hoʻi, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue o Molokaʻi, e kū ana ka pūnohu i uhi paʻa ʻia e nā ao hekili.
On the day when the seer left Kaala and climbed to the top of
Kuamooakane the rainbow bent again over Molokai, and there rested the end of the rainbow, covered out of sight with thunderclouds.
Ch.2 p.7 para.3 sent.1
I ka ʻehā o nā lā o ia nei ma laila, loaʻa iā ia he waʻa e holo ana i Molokaʻi.
On the fourth day he secured a boat to go to Molokai.
Ch.2 p.8 para.6 sent.2
Holo akula lākou a kau ma Haleolono i Molokaʻi.
and they sailed and came to Haleolono, on Molokai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.2
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i wehe aʻe ai i kona mau maka, ʻike akula ka mea waʻa i ka ʻoi kelakela o ko Lāʻieikawai helehelena ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi a puni a me Lānaʻi.
Now, as Laieikawai uncovered her face, the canoe man saw that Laieikawai rivaled in beauty all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.3
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
Akā, i ka hoʻohālike ʻana, kiola akula ka mua i kāna i mua o ko lākou kaikunāne, ʻike akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka mua, he mea kāhāhā loa iā ia, no laila, momoku malū aʻela ʻo ia i kāna i loko o kona ʻaʻahu, akā, ua ʻike akula kona kaikunāne i kāna hana, ʻī akula, “E Kahalaomāpuana, mai hana malū ʻoe!
But in comparing them, the oldest laid hers down before her brother. Kahalaomapuana saw it and was much surprised, so she secretly broke hers inside her clothing; but her brother saw her doing it and said, "Kahalaomapuana, no fooling!
A hiki maila ua moʻo nei, kauoha akula ʻo ia, “E ko mākou akua, e Kihanuilūlūmoku, nānā ʻia ke kupu, ka ʻeu, ke kalohe o kai.
And the lizard came and she commanded him: "O our god, Kihanuilulumoku, see to this lawless one, this mischief-maker, this rogue of the sea;
Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.5
ʻAʻole naʻe lākou i liʻuliʻu aku, he ʻike ʻana kā lākou i ka ʻūpoʻi ʻana iho a ke a luna o ua moʻo nei ma luna pono iho o lākou nei; aia naʻe lākou nei
soon they saw the upper jaw of the lizard hanging right over them; they were just between the lizard's jaws;
Ch.16 p.83 para.4 sent.3
Piʻi hou akula nō lākou a hiki nō i kahi i pau ai kēlā poʻe mua i ka make, pau hou nō i ua moʻo nei, ʻaʻohe ʻāhaʻilono.
Again they went up until they came clear to the place where the first band had disappeared; these also disappeared in the lizard; not a messenger was left.
Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.3
ʻAʻole i ʻupuʻupu, lohe akula lāua i ka hū a ka makani a me ke kamumu o nā lāʻau e hina ana ma ʻō a ma ʻō, a laila, hoʻomanaʻo lāua i ka ʻōlelo a ke kia manu, “Inā e hū ana ka makani, ʻo ua moʻo lā ia.”
not long after they heard the sighing of the wind and the humming of the trees bending back and forth; then they remembered the bird catcher's words, "If the wind hums, that is from the lizard."
Ch.16 p.84 para.6 sent.1
Maopopo ihola iā lāua ʻo ua moʻo nei kēia, e lele aʻe ana lāua ma ko lāua kino manu.
They knew then this must be the lizard; they flew in their bird bodies.
Ch.17 p.85 para.1 sent.2
I nānā iho ka hana o ua ʻo ʻUlili mā i ke a lalo o ua moʻo nei e ʻeku ana i ka honua me he ʻōʻō palau lā, a laila, he mea weliweli iā lāua i ka nānā aku, maopopo ihola iā lāua, ua pau ko lākou poʻe kānaka i ka make.
Snipe and his companion looked down at the lower jaw of the lizard plowing the earth like a shovel, and it was a fearful thing to see. It was plain their fellows must all be dead,
I ia manawa, kiʻi ʻia akula ʻo Kalāhūmoku ka ʻīlio nui ʻai kanaka a ʻAiwohikupua e hele e pepehi i ka moʻo a make, a laila, luku aku i nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua.
Then Kalahumoku, Aiwohikupua's great man-eating dog, was fetched to go and kill the lizard, then to destroy the sisters of Aiwohikupua.
Iā lāua i kaha aku e hoʻi a hiki i ka pahu kapu o Kahalaomāpuana, aia hoʻi i laila, ua hoʻopiʻi ʻia ka huelo o ua moʻo nui nei i luna o ka pahu kapu.
When they turned back and came to Kahalaomapuana's taboo sign, behold! the tail of the great lizard protruded above the taboo sign,
Ch.16 p.83 para.1 sent.1
I ia manawa, kauoha aʻela ʻo ia iā Kihanuilūlūmoku ka moʻo nui o Paliuli ke akua o lākou nei.
Then she sent for Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli, their god.
Ch.16 p.83 para.3 sent.2
I ia manawa, lohe akula lākou i ka hū o ka nahele i ka makani o ke alelo o ua a moʻo nui nei ʻo Kihanuilūlūmoku e hanu mai ana iā lākou nei.
Then they heard the humming of the wind in the thicket from the tongue of that great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku, coming for them,
Ch.16 p.84 para.5 sent.1
“Pau akula,” wahi a ke kia manu, “i ka moʻo nui iā Kihanuilūlūmoku, ʻaʻole e pakele mai.”
"They are done for," said the bird catcher, "in the great lizard, Kihanuilulumoku; they have not been spared."
Ch.24 p.126 para.9 sent.2
A hiki maila ua moʻo nui nei, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, “I kiʻi ʻia aku nei ʻoe e lawe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou i kai o Keaʻau e nānā mākou i ka lā hoʻokahakaha o Kekalukaluokēwā.
When the lizard came, Kahalaomapuana said, "You have been summoned to take us down to the sea at Keaau to see Kekalukaluokewa's wedding feast.
Ch.24 p.127 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa nō hoʻi, ʻike ʻia maila ʻo Lāʻieikawai me nā kaikuahine o ʻAiwohikupua e kau mai ana i luna o ke alelo o Kihanuilūlūmoku, ka moʻo nui o Paliuli.
Then also were seen Laieikawai and Aiwohikupua's sisters seated upon the tongue of Kihanuilulumoku, the great lizard of Paliuli.
Ch.25 p.131 para.5 sent.1
Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i kona mau kaikuaʻana, a kau akula ma luna o ua moʻo nui nei (Kihanuilūlūmoku), a kiʻi akula iā Kaʻōnohiokalā.
After saying all this, Kahalaomapuana left her sisters and was borne on the back of the big lizard Kihanuilulumoku and went to fetch Kaonohiokala.
Moʻolau (3)
Ch.25 p.132 para.1 sent.2
Hoʻi akula a ma uka o Kahuā, ma Moʻolau ko lākou wahi i noho ai.
and came back above Kahuwa and stopped at Moolau.
Ch.25 p.132 para.2 sent.1
I ka makāula i hiki mai ai i Puʻuloa mai Waimea mai, ʻike akula ʻo ia, e piʻo ana ke ānuenue i Moʻolau.
When the seer reached Puuloa from Waimea, he saw the rainbow arching over Moolau;
Ch.25 p.132 para.7 sent.1
Ua lōʻihi nā lā ma hope iho o ka noho ʻana o Lāʻieikawai ma Moʻolau, haʻalele lākou i ia wahi.
After a number of days at Moolau, Laieikawai and her companions left that place.
Mai ka hānau ʻana o Lāʻieikawai me Lāʻielohelohe, ʻo ia ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka hekili e kani i loko o ʻIkuā, pēlā i ʻōlelo ʻia i loko o kēia moʻolelo.
At this time of Laieikawai and Laielohelohe's birth thunder first sounded in October, according to the legend.
Ch.3 p.17 para.8 sent.1
(Ma ʻaneʻi, e waiho kākou i ka moʻolelo no ka ʻimi ʻana o ka makāula.
(Here we will leave the story of the seer's search.
Ch.20 p.102 para.1 sent.8
(E like me kā kākou kamaʻilio ʻana ma mua ma ko ʻAiwohikupua moʻolelo.)
(as in the narrative before of Aiwohikupua's story).
Ch.20 p.104 para.2 sent.2
Eia hoʻi, ua ʻike mua aʻe nei kākou ma nā mokuna mua, he mea mau nō iā Lāʻieikawai ka iho i kai o Keaʻau ma ka moʻolelo o Hauaʻiliki a me ka moʻolelo o ka hele ʻalua ʻana o ʻAiwohikupua i Hawaiʻi, a ʻo ia mau nō a hiki i ko Kekalukaluokēwā hiki ʻana i Hawaiʻi.
Now we have seen in former chapters, in the story of Hauailiki and the story of Aiwohikupua's second trip to Hawaii, that it was customary for Laieikawai to go down to Keaau, and it was the same when Kekalukaluokewa came to Hawaii.
Ch.21 p.111 para.3 sent.2
A ʻo Maliʻo, ke kaikuahine o Halaaniani, ua ʻike ʻia ma kona kuamoʻo moʻolelo, he hiki iā ia ke hana i nā hana mana he nui.
Malio, the sister of Halaaniani, as is seen in the story of her life, can do many marvelous things,
Ch.29 p.157 para.1 sent.1
Iā Kahalaomāpuana i hoʻi mai ai mai kāna huakaʻi ʻimi aliʻi mai Keʻalohilani mai, haʻi akula ʻo ia i ka moʻolelo o ko lāua hele ʻana, a me nā hihia he nui, a me nā lauwili ʻana, a me nā mea a pau āna i ʻike ai i loko o kona manawa hele.
When Kahalaomapuana returned from Kealohilani, from her journey in search of a chief, she related the story of her trip, of its windings and twistings, and all the things she had seen while she was away.
A ma kēia hālāwai ʻana o lākou, haʻi akula ʻo Kahalaomāpuana i ka moʻolelo o kona hoʻihoʻi ʻia ʻana e like me kā kākou ʻike ʻana ma ka mokuna iwakāluakumamāhiku o kēia kaʻao.
And at this discovery, Kahalaomapuana told the story of her dismissal, as we saw in Chapter XXVII of this story,
Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Waka me kāna moʻopuna a hiki i ka mōlehulehu ʻana, hoʻomakākiu hou maila ʻo ia me ka manaʻo ua hele aku kēlā mea āna i ʻike ai, akā, aia nō ua makāula nei ma kāna wahi i noho mua ai, no laila, hoʻi hope hou ʻo Waka.
Waka returned to her foster child, and came back at twilight and spied to discover where the person had gone whom she saw, but there was the seer sitting in the same place as before. So Waka went back again.
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.3
A ala aʻela, nīnau akula ke kupuna wahine i kāna moʻopuna i ke kumu o ka hoʻāla ʻana.
and the grandmother awoke and asked her grandchild why she had roused her.
Ch.2 p.9 para.2 sent.4
Haʻi maila ka moʻopuna, “Ua hiki mai ʻo Kapūkaʻihaoa i oʻu nei ma ka moeʻuhane e ʻōlelo mai ana, e ʻāhaʻi loa ʻoe iaʻu i Hawaiʻi a hoʻonoho ma Paliuli, a ma laila kāua e noho ai.
The grandchild said to her: "Kapukaihaoa has come to me in a dream and said that you should bear me away at once to Hawaii and make our home in Paliuli;
Ch.2 p.9 para.3 sent.1
Iā Lāʻieikawai naʻe e kamaʻilio ana i ke kupuna wahine, hiki ihola ka hihiʻo ma o Waka lā, a ua like me kā ka moʻopuna e ʻōlelo ana.
As Laieikawai was speaking to her grandmother, the same vision came to Waka.
Ch.2 p.9 para.6 sent.1
I ia manawa a ka mea waʻa i hoʻopuka ai i kēia ʻōlelo “i kōkoʻolua hoe waʻa,” wehe aʻela ʻo Lāʻieikawai i kona mau maka i uhi ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu kapa ma muli o ka makemake o ke kupuna wahine e hūnā loa i kāna moʻopuna me ka ʻike ʻole ʻia mai e nā mea ʻē aʻe a hiki i ko lāua hiki ʻana i Paliuli, akā, ʻaʻole pēlā ko ka moʻopuna manaʻo.
And as the man spoke this word, "a mate to paddle the canoe," Laieikawai drew aside the veil that covered her face because of her grandmother's wish completely to conceal her grandchild from being seen by anyone as they went on their way to Paliuli; but her grandchild thought otherwise.
Ch.2 p.9 para.7 sent.1
I ka manawa naʻe a Lāʻieikawai i hōʻike ai i kona mau maka mai kona hūnā ʻia ʻana e kona kupuna wahine, luliluli aʻela ke poʻo o ke kupuna wahine ʻaʻole e hōʻike kāna moʻopuna iā ia iho, no ka mea, e lilo auaneʻi ka nani o kāna moʻopuna i mea pākūā wale.
When Laieikawai uncovered her face which her grandmother had concealed, the grandmother shook her head at her grandchild to forbid her showing it, lest the grandchild's beauty become thereafter nothing but a common thing.
Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻokuʻi ʻia mai ka mea waʻa e kona ʻiʻini nui no kāna mea e ʻike nei, a no kēia mea, noi akula ka mea waʻa i ke kupuna wahine me ka ʻōlelo aku, “E kuʻu loa aʻe ʻoe i nā maka o ko moʻopuna mai kona hoʻopūloʻu ʻia ʻana, no ka mea, ke ʻike nei wau ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o kāu milimili ma mua o nā kaikamāhine kaukaualiʻi o Molokaʻi nei a me Lānaʻi.”
And lo! the man was pierced through with longing for the person he had seen. Therefore, the man entreated the grandmother and said: "Unloosen the veil from your grandchild's face, for I see that she is more beautiful than all the daughters of the chiefs round about Molokai and Lanai."
Na ia keiki e naʻi nā moku e pau ai ke loaʻa hoʻi iā kāua ke keiki mua, a he keiki kāne.
This child shall be the one to portion out the land, if fortune is ours in our first born and it is a boy;
Ch.1 p.2 para.1 sent.2
ʻO kēia naʻe ke kaikamahine ʻoi aku o ka maikaʻi ma mua o kēlā kaikamahine mua; manaʻo ihola e ola lā hoʻi.
more beautiful than the first; she thought to save it.
Ch.1 p.3 para.1 sent.3
”A no kēia ʻōlelo a ke kahuna, kaumaha loa ihola ka naʻau o Mālaekahana, no ka mea, ua kūmākena mau kēlā i ka pepehi mau a kāna kāne i nā keiki mua.
When the priest said this, the heart of Makaekahana was heavy, for she sorrowed over the slaying of the children by her husband;
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3
Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe.
As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe.
Ch.1 p.3 para.7 sent.1
Ua akāka mua nō naʻe iā Kahauokapaka ka hānau iā lākou i ka moana, no ka mea, ʻelua hekili o ke kuʻi ʻana, manaʻo aʻela nō hoʻi ʻo Kahauokapaka ua hānau ka wahine.
Kahauokapaka already knew of the birth while he was on the ocean, for there came two claps of thunder; then he thought that the wife had given birth.
Ch.1 p.5 para.4 sent.4
Kaʻapuni hou ka makāula iā Kauaʻi a puni, piʻi hou ʻo ia i luna o Kalalea a ʻike hou nō ʻo ia i kāna mea i ʻike mua ai, aia nō e mau ana e like nō me ma mua, a laila, hoʻi hou kēia a hiki i Anahola.
Again the seer made a tour of Kauai; again he ascended Kalalea and saw again the same sign as before, just the same as at first; then he came back to Anahola.
Iā lākou i ʻākoakoa ai, kūkākūkā ihola lākou ma nā mea kūpono iā lākou, a eia kā lākou mau ʻōlelo hoʻoholo ma o ka noʻonoʻo lā o Kahalaomāpuana ke koa kiaʻi nui o ke aliʻi, “ʻO ʻoe, e Mailehaʻiwale, inā e hiki mai ʻo ʻAiwohikupua a hālāwai ʻolua, e kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ke kiaʻi mua loa .
When they met and consulted what was best to be done, all agreed to what Kahalaomapuana, the princess's chief guard, proposed, as follows: "You, Mailehaiwale, if Aiwohikupua should come hither, and you two meet, drive him away, for you are the first guard;
Aia nō ke ola a hānau mai a he keiki kāne, ola nā hānau muli inā he mau kaikamāhine.”
only one thing shall save them, the birth of a son shall save those daughters who come after."
Ch.1 p.3 para.4 sent.3
Iā lākou nō hoʻi e lawelawe ana i ke keiki mua, hānau hou maila he kaikamahine nō, a lilo aʻela iā Kapūkaʻihaoa a kapa ihola i ka inoa o ka muli ʻo Lāʻielohelohe.
As they were attending to the first child, a second was born, also a girl, and they named her Laielohelohe.
Ch.8 p.43 para.3 sent.2
A mākaukau ka holo ʻana, i ia pō iho, lawe aʻela ke aliʻi he ʻumikumamāhā hoe waʻa, ʻelua hoʻokele, ʻo nā kaikuahine ʻelima, ʻo Mailehaʻiwale, ʻo Mailekaluhea, ʻo Mailelauliʻi, ʻo Mailepākaha a me ko lākou muli loa ʻo Kahalaomāpuana, ʻo ke aliʻi a me kona kuhina, he iwakāluakumamākolu ko lākou nui.
When all was ready for sailing, that very night the chief took on board 14 paddlers, 2 steers-
men, the 5 sisters, Mailehaiwale, Mailekaluhea, Mailelaulii, Mailepakaha, and the youngest, Kahalaomapuana, the chief himself, and his counsellor, 23 in all.
Ch.9 p.50 para.1 sent.4
Kaukaʻi aku nei hoʻi ka pono i ko kaikuahine muli loa hoʻi i ʻole ʻae hoʻi iā lākou.
better put off trying the youngest sister and, and, if she is refused,
“ʻAe,” wahi a ko lākou kaikaina, “e hoʻā kākou i ahi ma kēlā pō kēia pō a e oli aku ka hānau mua, a laila, i ka muli iho , pēlā a pau kākou i hoʻokahi nō olioli ʻana a ka mea hoʻokahi ma ka pō, a laila, iaʻu ka pō hope loa.
"yes," said their younger sister, "let us burn a fire every night, and let the oldest sing, then the next, and so on until the last of us, only one of us sing each night, then I will come the last night;
Iā Hauaʻiliki mā e hoʻokokoke aku ana ma ka nuku o ka muliwai ʻo Wailua, ʻike akula ʻo ia iā ʻAiwohikupua, kāhea akula, “Ua eo wau iā ʻoe.”
As Hauailiki and his party were nearing the mouth of the river at Wailua, he saw Aiwohikupua and called out, "I have lost."
Ch.26 p.138 para.4 sent.2
I ia manawa hoʻi e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ana nā luna o ke aliʻi, hiki maila ua makāula nei me kāna mau kaikamāhine ma luna o ke kaulua, a lana ma waho o ka nuku o ka muliwai.
While the chief's keepers were being examined, the seer arrived with his daughters in a double canoe and floated outside the mouth of the inlet.